EUROPEAN AVIATION SAFETY AGENCY
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL /
PLACARDING PROCEDURES MANUAL
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE
GIV, G400, G300
October 22, 2013
Revision 1
2013 EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
DISCLAIMER FOR MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING PROCEDURES MANUAL
The technical information presented herein has been determined to be correct at time of publication. However, should a
direct conflict exist between this and other official publications, e.g., Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL), Aeroplane
Flight Manuals (AFM), Maintenance Manuals, those publications take precedence.
COPYRIGHT 2013 GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE CORPORATION
All rights reserved, including the right to reproduce this publication. No part may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval
system, or transmitted in any part or form or by any means, electronic, photocopying, microfilm, microfiche, mechanical,
or otherwise, without prior written permission of Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
ATA 21
AIR CONDITIONING ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
ATA 22
AUTO FLIGHT................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
ATA 23
Cabin Altitude Indication .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 21-1
Cabin Differential Pressure Indication .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-2
Cabin Rate of Climb Indicator ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-3
Automatic Pressurisation Control System ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-3
Cabin Altitude Pressure Warning System ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-5
Pressurisation Outflow Valve Position Indicator .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-6
Cockpit Temperature Control Systems & Cabin Temperature Control Systems .......................................................................................................................................................... 21-6
Cockpit/Cabin Temperature Indicator ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-7
Environmental Control System (ECS) Packs ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 21-7
Three-in-one Cabin Pressurisation Monitoring Instrument ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-8
Air Conditioning System Flow Control and Shutoff Valves ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-9
Outflow Valve System .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 21-9
Cabin Pressurisation Safety Valve .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 21-10
Cabin Remote Temperature Selector System .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 21-11
Duct Temperature Selector System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 21-11
Right Hand Radio Rack Cooling Fan .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-11
ECU Modular Valve Indicator System........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 21-11
Left Hand Radio Rack Cooling Fan ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 21-12
Nose Radome Cooling System .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-12
Flight Guidance Computers (FGC) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-1
Autothrottle Systems ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-2
Performance Computers (PZ) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 22-2
Yaw Damper Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-2
Control Wheel Autopilot Disconnect Buttons............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-3
Takeoff/Go-Around (TOGA) Buttons ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-3
Autothrottle Disconnect Buttons (on Thrust Lever Knobs) .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-3
Autothrottle Engage/Disengage Switches (on Thrust Lever Stem) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 22-3
Touch Control Steering Switches (TCS) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-4
Remote Heading and Course Select Control System..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-4
COMMUNICATIONS ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 23-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Radio Communications Systems (VHF and UHF) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 23-1
Cockpit Voice Recorder System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-2
Selective Call System (SELCAL) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 23-3
Emergency Locator Transmitters (ELT) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 23-4
Interphone Systems ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-4
Cockpit Speakers ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-5
Passenger Address System (PA).................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)
ATA 23
COMMUNICATIONS (continued) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-6
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
ATA 24
Satellite Communication (SATCOM) Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 23-6
Prerecorded Passenger Announcement Systems ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-7
Hand Held Microphones ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-7
Headsets ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 23-7
Crewmember Interphone System(s) .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 23-7
Alerting System (Audio/Visual) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-8
Right Side Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-9
8.33/25KHZ Channel Spacing Switch .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-9
Handset Systems ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-9
High Frequency (HF) Communication System ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-10
Datalink System .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-11
ELECTRICAL POWER .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Engine Alternators ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-1
APU Alternator ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-2
Converters ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-3
Transformer-Rectifier .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-4
Battery Chargers............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-4
Main Aeroplane Batteries.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-4
SEL/AUTO Buttons on EPMP ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-5
Battery Ammeters.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-5
Battery Voltmeters ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-5
Electrical Power Monitor Panel (EPMP) Displays ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-6
Battery Charger Fail Lights ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-7
Master Power Switch Lights (Left, Right, AUX) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-7
APU Alternator OFF Warning System .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-7
Battery Temperature Indicating System ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-7
Standby Electrical System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-7
Converter Cooling Fans ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-8
External Power Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-8
Electrical Load Warning System (ELWS)..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-8
APU Alternator Overheat Warning System................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-9
Engine Alternator Overheat Warning System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-10
Low Battery Power Audible Warning System (Sonalert) ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-11
Ground Service Bus System ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-11
50Hz/60Hz AC Electrical Power System .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-11
IRU Back Up Batteries ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-12
K-15 PDB Relays ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24-12
Engine Driven Alternator Bearings ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-13
APU Alternator Bearing .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)
ATA 25
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
ATA 26
Emergency Medical Equipment .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-1
Overwater Equipment ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-2
Passenger Seat(s) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-3
Crewmember Shoulder Harnesses ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 25-6
Observer Seat ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 25-6
Megaphones .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 25-6
Life Rafts....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
Life Jackets.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-8
Survival Equipment ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-8
“Fasten Seat Belt While Seated” Sign or Placard.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-8
Crash Axe and Crowbars ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-9
Storage Bins/Cabin, Galley and Lavatory Storage Compartment/Closets ..................................................................................................................................................................... 25-9
Cargo Restraint Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 25-11
Non-Required Cabin Crew Seat(s) .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 25-12
Galley/Cabin Waste Receptacles Access Doors/Covers .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 25-12
Exterior Lavatory Door Ashtrays ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 25-13
External Camera System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 25-13
Emergency Vision Assurance Systems (EVAS) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-13
Pilot Seats ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-14
Rudder Pedal Adjustment ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-15
Cockpit Convenience Items......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-15
Keyed Locks................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 25-15
Aeroplane Ladders ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-16
Baggage Compartment Shelves ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-16
Crewmember Torch Holder Assemblies...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-17
EMS Litter Systems .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-17
Patient Loading System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-17
Passenger Convenience Items ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-18
FIRE PROTECTION ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Portable Fire Extinguishers ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-1
Wing Overheat Warning Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26-1
APU Fire Detection System .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-1
Rear Baggage Compartment Smoke Detector System ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-2
Lavatory Smoke Detection System................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 26-2
Lavatory Fire Extinguisher Systems .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26-3
Galley Smoke Detection Systems .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26-4
Galley Fire Extinguishing Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-4
Engine Fire Detection Systems ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-4
Flame Detectors ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 26-4
Under Floor Overheat Warning Systems....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-5
APU Fire Extinguishing System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-5
Passenger Compartment Closet Smoke Detector .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-5
Entranceway Baggage Compartment Smoke Detector .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26-5
Cargo Compartment Fire Detection/Suppression Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 26-6
APU Fire Bottle ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 26-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)
ATA 27
FLIGHT CONTROLS ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 27-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ATA 28
FUEL .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
ATA 29
Fuel Tank Temperature System ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-1
Fuel Quantity Indicating Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 28-1
Fuel Low Quantity Warning Systems (EICAS - Message) (Standby Indicator Lights)................................................................................................................................................. 28-3
Fuel Boost Pumps ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-3
Fuel Intertank Valve...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-4
Fuel Boost Pump Warning Systems .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 28-4
Fuel Boost Pump Circuit Breaker Indicator Lights ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-4
Fuel Crossflow Valve .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-5
Pressure Fueling System (Single Point Refueling) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 28-6
Fuel Cap Chains ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 28-7
Single Point Refueling Cap ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-7
HYDRAULIC POWER ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
ATA 30
Flap/Stabilizer Warning System .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-1
Rudder Limit Warning Light System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 27-1
Single Rudder Limit Warning Light System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 27-1
Automatic Ground Spoiler System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 27-1
Electric Elevator Trim System ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-2
Elevator Trim Actuator Heater System ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-2
Aileron Trim Actuator Heater ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-2
Control Wheel Elevator Trim Switches......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-2
Stall Barrier Systems ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-3
Brake Accumulator Pressure Gauge (Nose Wheel Well) .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 29-1
Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure Indication ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-1
Utility Hydraulic Pressure Indication ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 29-1
Combined Hydraulic System Accumulator Pressure Gauge (Fuselage) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 29-1
Flight Hydraulic System Accumulator Pressure Gauge (Fuselage) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 29-2
Combined Hydraulic System Quantity Gauge (Fuselage) ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 29-2
Flight Hydraulic System Quantity Gauge (Fuselage) .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-2
Combined Hydraulic System Quantity Indication (EICAS) .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-3
Flight Hydraulic System Quantity Indication (EICAS) ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 29-3
Hydraulic Resrvoir Replenishing System ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-4
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Cowl Anti-Ice Pressure Indicators ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30-1
Wing Anti-Ice Systems.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30-1
Windshield Heat Systems .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30-1
Side Window Heat Systems .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-2
Windshield Wiper Systems ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-2
Pitot Heat Switch Light System .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-2
Pitot Heaters .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)
ATA 30
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION (continued) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-3
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
ATA 31
INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
ATA 32
Clocks ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-1
Flight Data Recorder (FDR) System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 31-1
Brake Temperature Monitoring System (BTMS) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-3
G Monitor System ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-3
Electronic Checklists ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-3
Security System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 31-3
Radio Rack Fan AUTO Indication System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-4
Radio Rack Fan MANUAL Indication System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 31-4
Data Acquisition Unit (DAU) Channels........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 31-4
Plastic Guard Switch Covers ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-4
Glareshield AOA Indexes.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 31-5
Quick Access Recorder ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 31-5
InfaRed Counter Measure System (IRCM) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-5
XM Weather Receiver ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-5
LANDING GEAR ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-1
1.
2.
3.
ATA 33
Ice Detection System ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-3
Cowl Anti-Ice Systems .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30-4
Cowl Low Pressure Indication Systems ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30-5
Cabin Window Heat System ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-5
Angle of Attack (AOA) Probe Heaters .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-5
Anti-Skid System .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-1
Nosewheel Steering Accessory Hardware ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-1
Blow Down Bottle......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-2
LIGHTS ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Cockpit/Flight Deck/Flight Compartment and Instrument Lighting Systems ............................................................................................................................................................... 33-1
Passenger Cabin Interior Illumination Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-1
Passenger Lighted Information Signs ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 33-2
Position Light Bulbs ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-3
Beacons ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-4
Strobes (Anti-Collision Lights) ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-4
Wing Inspection Lights ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-5
Landing Lights .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-5
Taxi Light System ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-5
Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Marking System Lights ................................................................................................................................................................................ 33-6
Pulselight Systems (Identification Lights) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-6
Recognition Lights System ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-7
Logo Lights System....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-7
Ramp Lights System ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-7
Torch Charging System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-7
Aft Compartment Lights (Boiler Room) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)
ATA 33
LIGHTS (continued) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 33-8
17. Cargo Compartment Light............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-8
18. Pylon Mounted Exterior Baggage Loading Light System ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-8
19. Wheel Well Lights ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 33-8
20. Exterior Emergency Evacuation Lighting System ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-8
21. Standby Warning Lights Panel ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-9
22. Service Door Lights ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-9
23. Retractable Approach Lights ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-9
24. Airstair Lights ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-9
25. Dome Lights .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-9
26. Dim and Test Annunciator Channels .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-10
27. Baggage Compartment Light....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-10
28. Cockpit Torchs ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 33-10
29. Wing Tip Position Light LED Element Banks ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 33-11
30. Tail Position Light LED Element Banks ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-11
ATA 34
NAVIGATION .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Directional Compass Reference System ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-1
Attitude Reference Sensors ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-1
Standby Flight Displays ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-2
Weather Radar Systems................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-4
Marker Beacon Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-4
SSR Transponder .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-5
Digital Bearing Distance Indicators (DBDI) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-8
Dual Digital Radio Magnetic Indicator ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-8
Radio Altimeter Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-9
Navigation Systems (based on VOR, DME, ADF, GNSSU, INS) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 34-9
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-10
Inertial Sensor Display Unit (ISDU) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-12
Flight Management Systems (CDU & Nav Computer Only) ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-13
Navigation Management Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-17
Lightning Sensor System (LSS) .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-20
Stormscopes ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-20
Airborne Collision Avoidance System (ACAS) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-20
Microwave Landing Systems (MLS)........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-22
Symbol Generators ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-22
Altitude Alerting System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-23
Display Units............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-23
Standby Magnetic Compass Systems (Flux Valves) ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-25
Magnetometer ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-25
Non-Stabilized Magnetic Compass (Standby) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-26
Head Up Display System............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-27
Airborne Flight Information System (AFIS) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-27
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)
ATA 34
NAVIGATION (continued) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-28
25. Slip-Skid Indicator ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-28
26. Data Loader ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-28
27. Bus Controller ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-28
28. Lasertrak NDU ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-29
29. Windshear Warning and Flight Guidance System (Reactive) ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-29
30. Windshear Detection and Avoidance System (Predictive) .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-29
31. Guidance Panel Digital Indications and Mode Select Indications............................................................................................................................................................................... 34-30
32. Cockpit Video Monitors.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-33
33. Metric Altimeter .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-33
34. Heads Up Checklist ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-34
35 Enhanced Vision System (EVS) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-34
36. Cockpit Printer ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-34
37. Right Side Display Controller ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-35
38. Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) System ................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-36
39. DDA (Digital to Discrete Adapter) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34-37
40. GNSSU WAAS (Wide Area Augmentation System or SBAS – Augmentation System) Function ............................................................................................................................. 34-37
41. Cursor Control Devices ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-38
ATA 35
OXYGEN ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ATA 36
PNEUMATIC ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
ATA 38
Passenger / Cabin Crew Oxygen System (Supplemental Oxygen) ................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-1
Cabin Oxygen ON Warning Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-3
Oxygen Service Panel Pressure Gauges ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-4
Portable Oxygen Dispensing Units (Bottle and Mask).................................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-4
Oxygen Supply Warning System................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35-4
First Aid Oxygen ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35-4
Protective Breathing Equipment (PBE) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-5
Electronic Equipment Rack Oxygen Pressure Gauges .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-5
Cockpit Oxygen Pressure Gauges ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-5
HP Bleed Air Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36-1
Bleed Air Hot Warning Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36-3
Isolation Valve .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 36-5
Bleed Air Pressure Indication Systems (Overhead Panel) ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 36-5
WATER/WASTE ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 38-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
Portable Water System .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 38-1
Lavatory Waste System (Including Wheelchair Accessible Lavatories) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 38-2
Lavatory Dump/Drain System ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 38-3
Vacuum Toilet Holding Tank Indicator ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 38-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)
ATA 46
NEW TECHNOLOGY ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 46-1
1.
ATA 49
AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 49-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
ATA 52
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-1
APU EGT Indicators (EICAS and Overhead Indicator) ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49-1
APU Tachometers (EICAS and Overhead Indicator) .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-2
APU Low Oil Pressure Warning Light.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-2
APU Oil Pressure Gauges ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 49-2
APU Oil Temperature Gauges ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-3
APU Fuel Pressure Gauges ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-3
APU Overspeed Indicator Light .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-3
APU Fault Indicators .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-3
APU Start Indicator Light ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 49-3
APU Air Load Valve ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-4
APU External Fire Warning Alarm (Fire Warning Bell) ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-4
APU Air Inlet Door Actuator ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49-4
APU Start/Engine Cowl Open/Interrupt System ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-5
APU Hour Meter ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-5
APU Electronic Control Unit (ECU) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49-5
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49-5
APU Start Counter ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49-5
APU EGT and RPM Overhead Indicating System ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49-6
DOORS ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 52-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
ATA 71
Electronic Flight Bag (EFBs) Systems.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 46-1
Door Warning System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52-1
Cargo Door Operating System ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52-1
Cargo Door Warning Light System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52-1
Door Seal Pressure Indicator ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52-2
Door Seal Pressure System............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 52-2
Main Entry Door Normal Operating System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 52-2
Service Door “OPEN” Advisory System....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52-3
Main Entry Door Acoustic Curtain/Door System ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52-3
Lavatory Doors.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 52-3
Baggage Door Warning System .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52-3
Main Entry Door Warning System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 52-4
POWERPLANT .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 71-1
1.
EPA Tank Ejector Pumps .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 71-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)
ATA 73
ENGINE FUEL & CONTROL .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 73-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
ATA 74
IGNITION ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 74-1
1.
ATA 76
Thrust Reverser Arm Lights (Green) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 78-1
Thrust Reversers............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 78-2
ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 79-1
1.
2.
3.
ATA 80
HP Tachometer Indications EICAS............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 77-1
Engine Vibration Monitor Systems Sensors.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 77-1
Engine Pressure Ratio (EPR) Indicating Systems ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 77-1
LP Tachometers EICAS ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 77-2
Standby Engine Instruments Indicating System ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 77-2
Engine Vibration Monitor System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 77-2
ENGINE EXHAUST ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 78-1
1.
2.
ATA 79
Engine Synchronizer System......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 76-1
ENGINE INDICATING ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 77-1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ATA 78
Ignition Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 74-1
ENGINE CONTROLS ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 76-1
1.
ATA 77
Fuel Flow Indication Systems (EICAS) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 73-1
Engine Top Temperature Control Systems.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 73-1
Fuel Low Pressure Warning Systems (EICAS and Standby) ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 73-1
Approach Idle Systems .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 73-1
Fuel Filter Differential Pressure Warning Systems ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 73-2
Low Oil Pressure Warning Systems .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 79-1
Engine Oil Replenishment System ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 79-1
Oil Filter Bypass Indication Systems ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 79-1
STARTING .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80-1
1.
2.
3.
Engine Starting Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 80-1
Start Valve Position Indicator Lights ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 80-1
Start Valve Position Indications .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80-2
General Information
Gulfstream has developed this manual to assist operators in development of their Maintenance, Operational, and
Placarding Procedures (MOP) for the Gulfstream IV (Model G-IV), (G400), (G300) aeroplane. This manual is intended
for use in conjunction with the Gulfstream IV, (G400), (G300) Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL), Revision
1, dated October 22, 2013. Operators must apply to local regulatory office for approval of a specific MEL for their
aeroplane.
This manual’s revision number will reflect the last issued EASA approved MMEL revision number. Updates to this
manual prior to the next EASA approved MMEL revision will be identified by a point and letter following the assigned
EASA revision number, e.g., first update will be reflected as Revision 1a.
The Aeroplane Discrepancy Log Sheet where all inoperative items will be noted is referred to as ADLS throughout this
document. Those items marked with three asterisks (***) are optional items. Those items which are not production
installed items will require the operator to develop specific maintenance, operational and placarding procedures for
their installation.
Note:
If errors are noted in this manual, submit a fax providing details and suggested corrections for the error to
Gulfstream Technical Publications at (912) 965-3520.
Note:
If assistance is needed regarding the MMEL, MEL or MOP implementation or usage, contact the local
regulatory office.
NOTICE
NOTICE
NOTICE
Any time an item in the MMEL calls for an (M) procedure to be accomplished prior to dispatch with the listed item inoperative, the definitions at the
beginning of the MMEL states that these procedures are normally accomplished by maintenance personnel. However, other personnel may be
qualified and authorised to perform certain functions. The ultimate responsibility for the accomplishment of all maintenance procedures, regardless of
who performs them, is the responsibility of the operator. In short, a properly trained flight crew member may perform an (M) procedure such as but not
limited to pulling and collaring circuit breakers, changing light bulbs, changing or moving Display Units, making adjustments to seats, verifying proper
operation of systems or components, swapping connectors from an inoperative unit to an operative unit, and/or closing/locking of doors if that crew
member has been trained to do so. It is recommended that training records be kept at the home base of operations for personnel that have been
trained to perform (M) procedures. The applicable paragraph from the MMEL is below.
11. “(M)”: The use of this symbol in Column 5 indicates that an appropriate maintenance procedure must be established, published and utilized prior to
the first flight undertaken following discovery of the defect and, if necessary, repeated at specified intervals during operation under the terms of the
(M)MEL to maintain the required level of safety.
Normally, these procedures are accomplished by maintenance personnel. However, other personnel may be qualified and authorised to perform
certain functions.
Note: When an item is annotated (O)/(M), the “/” is defined as “and/or”, which shows that there may be different options available in respect of the
MEL procedures.
Extended Range (ER) Operations: As described in this MOPP and specifically in relation to the types covered herein,
are those flights conducted in accordance with applicable regulations, over a route that contains a point further than
120 minutes at the approved one engine inoperative cruise speed from an adequate aerodrome.
Revision Dates for GIV, G400, G300 EASA MOPP:
For an explanation of changes refer to the GIV, G400, G300 EASA MMEL Highlights of Change page.
Material Dated:
February 18, 2013
October 22, 2013
Reflects Update Type:
Original
Revision
Number:
0
1
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
1.
AIR CONDITIONING
Cabin Altitude
Indication
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
21-1
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Cabin Pressure Selector Panel is
operative, and
b) Pressurisation is operated in AUTO
mode.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin Altitude
Indication and will be noted
on ADLS.
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Cabin Differential Pressure
Indicator is operative, and
b) A chart is provided to crew to
convert Cabin Differential Pressure
to Cabin Altitude.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin Altitude
Indication and will be noted
on ADLS.
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
equipped with additional pneumatic threein-one cabin pressurisation monitoring
instrument, and Cabin Altitude Indicator
portion is fully operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin Altitude
Indication and will be noted
on ADLS.
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in unpressurised configuration.
None required.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full open
position with both engine
bleeds and air conditioning
packs selected ON, if
available. If not, select RAM
air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin Altitude
Indication and will be noted
on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
2.
AIR CONDITIONING
Cabin Differential
Pressure Indication
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
21-2
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Cabin Pressure Selector Panel is
operative, and
b) Pressurisation is operated in AUTO
mode.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin
Differential Indication and
will be noted on ADLS.
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Cabin Altitude Indicator is
operative, and
b) A chart is provided to crew to
convert Cabin Altitude to Cabin
Differential Pressure.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin
Differential Indication and
will be noted on ADLS.
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
equipped with additional pneumatic threein-one cabin pressurisation monitoring
instrument, and Cabin Differential Pressure
portion is fully operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin
Differential Indication and
will be noted on ADLS.
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in unpressurised configuration.
None required.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full
OPEN position with both
engine bleeds and air
conditioning packs selected
ON, if available. If not, select
RAM air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin
Differential Indication and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
21-3
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
AIR CONDITIONING
3.
Cabin Rate of
Climb Indicator
D
1
0
4.
Automatic
Pressurisation
Control System
B
1
0
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Manual Pressurisation Control
System is operative,
b) Cabin Altitude and Differential
Pressure Indicators are operative,
c) Cabin Rate of Climb Indicator is
operative,
d) Auto Pilot is operative, and
e) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure
Autopilot and Manual
Pressurisation Control System
are operative. Cabin Altitude,
Differential Pressure, Cabin
Rate of Climb Indicator will
be verified operative by
CLOSING cabin doors during
AFM, Normal Procedures,
(Before Engine Starting).
Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM,
Limitations.
An Inoperative Placard
stating “AUTO INOP” will
be placed below Auto/Manual
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
B
1
0
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided aeroplane is operated
in unpressurised configuration.
None required.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full
OPEN position with both
engine bleeds and air
conditioning packs selected
ON, if available. If not, select
RAM air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during the
flight.
An Inoperative Placard
stating “AUTO INOP” will
be placed below Auto/Manual
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
(continued)
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin Rate of
Climb Indicator and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
AIR CONDITIONING
4.
Automatic
Pressurisation
Control System (cont’d)
1) Air Data System Input
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
B
2
21-4
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
1
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Manual Pressurisation Control
System is operative,
b) Cabin Altitude and Differential
Pressure Indicators are operative,
c) Cabin Rate of Climb Indicator is
operative,
d) Autopilot is operative, and
e) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure
Autopilot and Manual
Pressurisation Control System
are operative. Cabin Altitude,
Differential Pressure, Cabin
Rate of Climb Indicator will
be verified operative by
CLOSING cabin doors during
AFM, Normal Procedures,
(Before Engine Starting).
Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM,
Limitations.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
5.
21-5
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
AIR CONDITIONING
Cabin Altitude
Pressure Warning
System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Cabin Altitude and Differential
Pressure Indicators are operative,
b) Cabin Oxygen ON Warning System
is operative, and
c) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in unpressurised configuration.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full
OPEN position with both
engine bleeds and air
conditioning packs selected
ON, if available. If not, select
RAM air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
21-6
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
21.
AIR CONDITIONING
6.
Pressurisation Outflow
Valve Position Indicator
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided all other
components of the Cabin Pressure Control
Panel and Cabin Pressure Indicator are
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Outflow Valve
Position Indicator and will be
noted on ADLS.
7.
Cockpit Temperature
Control Systems &
Cabin Temperature
Control Systems
C
4
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Ram Air system is operative, and
b) Aeroplane is operated in
unpressurised configuration.
None required.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full
OPEN position with both
engine bleeds and air
conditioning packs selected
ON, if available. If not, select
RAM air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on AUTO portion
of Cockpit/Cabin Selector
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
1) Automatic System
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated manual control system
is operative, and
b) Associated temperature indicator is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on AUTO position
of Cockpit/Cabin Selector
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
2) Manual System
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated automatic control system
is operative, and
b) Associated temperature indicator is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on MANUAL
position of Cockpit/Cabin
Selector Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
AIR CONDITIONING
8.
Cockpit/Cabin
Temperature Indicator
9.
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
21-7
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
Automatic Temperature Control System is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or below
affected Temperature
Indicator and will be noted on
ADLS.
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
Manual Temperature Control System is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or below
affected Temperature
Indicator and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
2
1
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Inoperative ECS Pack is selected
OFF,
b) Bleed Air Isolation Valve is
CLOSED and OPERATIVE, and
c) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or below
affected ECS Pack Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
Environmental Control
System (ECS) Packs
1) Pressurised
Configuration
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
AIR CONDITIONING
9.
Environmental Control
System (ECS) Packs (cont’d)
2) Unpressurised
Configuration
10. Three-in-one Cabin
*** Pressurisation
Monitoring Instrument
21-8
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
C
2
0
(O) Except for ER operations, both may be
inoperative provided outflow valve is
operative.
None required.
To operate aeroplane
unpressurized, select manual
pressurization and slew the
outflow valve to the full open
position with both engine
bleeds and air conditioning
packs selected ON, if
available. If not, select RAM
air ON. Place temperature
control in OFF position.
Monitor cabin differential
pressure to be nominally zero
psid during the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or below
affected ECS Pack Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided primary
Cabin Altitude and primary Cabin
Differential Pressure Indicators are
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Three-In-One
Cabin Pressurisation
Monitoring Instrument and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
AIR CONDITIONING
11.
Air Conditioning
System Flow Control
and Shutoff Valves
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
C
2
21-9
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
1
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Affected Valve is CLOSED and
deactivated electrically when
associated Air Conditioning Pack
is selected OFF, and
b) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
Maintenance will ensure
affected Valve is CLOSED and
associated ECS Pack Switch is
selected OFF. Associated Air
Conditioning circuit breaker
must NOT be pulled. AMM,
Chapter 21-01-00. Flight crew
may accomplish this task if
properly qualified and
authorised.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or below
affected ECS Pack Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full
OPEN position with both
engine bleeds and air
conditioning packs selected
ON, if available. If not, select
RAM air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin Pressure
Controller and will be noted
on ADLS.
CAUTION: Pulling (deenergizing) Air Conditioning
circuit breaker will cause valve
to open, allowing airflow to
restart.
12.
Outflow Valve
System
C
1
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Outflow valve is positioned to full
OPEN position and electrically
isolated,
b) Aeroplane is operated in
unpressurised configuration, and
c) Extended overwater operations are
not conducted.
Maintenance will ensure
Outflow Valve is positioned to
FULL OPEN position and
electrically de-energized.
Flight crew may accomplish this
task if properly qualified and
authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21.
AIR CONDITIONING
13.
Cabin Pressurisation
Safety Valve
21-10
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
B
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Cabin differential pressure and
cabin altitude displays are
operative,
b) Selected cabin altitude is 1,000 feet
higher than normal cabin altitude
for the cruise flight level, and
c) Automatic and Manual
Pressurisation Control Systems are
operative.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Cabin Differential
Pressure and Cabin
Altitude Indicators will
be verified operative by
closing cabin doors
during AFM, Normal
Procedures, (Before
Starting Engine).
b) Selected cabin altitude is
1,000 feet higher than
normal cabin altitude for
cruise flight level.
c) Automatic and Manual
Pressurisation Control
Systems are operative.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin Pressure
Controller and will be noted
on ADLS.
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in unpressurised configuration.
None required.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full
OPEN position with both
engine bleeds and air
conditioning packs selected
ON, if available. If not, select
RAM air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Cabin Pressure
Controller and will be noted
on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21-11
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
21.
AIR CONDITIONING
14.
***
Cabin Remote
Temperature
Selector System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
15.
***
Duct Temperature
Selector System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
16.
***
Right Hand Radio
Rack Cooling Fan
B
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
17.
***
ECU Modulator Valve
Indicator System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
21-12
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
PAGE NUMBER:
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
21.
AIR CONDITIONING
18.
***
Left Hand Radio Rack
Cooling Fan
B
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
19.
Nose Radome Cooling
System (includes fan,
valve and communicator)
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided the outside air None required.
temperature is less than 90 deg F (32 deg
C) during all ground operations.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
22.
1.
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
22-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
AUTO FLIGHT
Flight Guidance
C
Computers (FGC)
(Autopilots/Flight Directors)
2
1
Except for ER operations or where en route
operations or approach minimums require
its use, may be inoperative provided flight
time with one engine inoperative does not
exceed one hour cruise from a suitable
airport.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: Each FGC provides mach trim
compensation, electric trim, yaw damper,
autopilot, and flight director functions
independent of the other FGC. Failure of
the second FGC after dispatch would result
in the complete loss of these functions, and
AFM restrictions would apply.
B
2
0
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Automatic Cabin Pressurisation
System is operative,
b) Flight time with one engine
inoperative does not exceed one
hour cruise from a suitable airport,
c) Landing weather minimums are not
dependent upon its use,
d) Aeroplane is operated at or below
FL 390, and
e) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations
for Mach Trim and Yaw Damper.
NOTE: One FGC is required for MNPS,
RVSM, RNP and PRNAV operations.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
22.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
22-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
AUTO FLIGHT
Autothrottle
Systems
C
2
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
3. Performance
*** Computers (PZ)
C
2
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
4.
C
Yaw Damper Systems
NOTE: Flight crew can
expect a Degradation of
following SPZ-8000 /SPZ8400 sub-systems: Navigation
Computer, Display Controller
and a loss of Auto-throttle
functions. On S/N 1183, 1214
& subsequent Engine
Synchronizer will also be
unavailable.
2
1
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations,
and
b) Procedures are established to
deactivate Yaw Damper System.
Maintenance will ensure
aeroplane is properly fueled
and Yaw Damper System is
deactivated utilizing Yaw
Damp Switch.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorized.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or below Yaw
Damp Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
22.
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
22-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
AUTO FLIGHT
5.
Control Wheel Autopilot
Disconnect Buttons
C
2
1
May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Autopilot is not used below 1,500
feet AGL, and
b) Approach minimums do not require
the use of the autopilot, and
c) Aeroplane is piloted from the side
with operative button.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
6.
Takeoff/Go-Around
(TOGA) Buttons
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Power
Lever Handle and will be
noted on ADLS.
NOTE 1: Autothrottles and Flight Director
are unavailable for takeoff and go-around.
NOTE 2: TOGA system is required for
RNPAR operations.
7.
Autothrottle Disconnect
Buttons (on Thrust Lever
Knobs)
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided autothrottle is
not utilized.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Power
Lever Handle and will be
noted on ADLS.
8.
Autothrottle Engage/
Disengage Switches
(on Thrust Lever Stem)
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided autothrottle is None required.
considered inoperative.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Power
Lever Handle and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
22.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
22-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
AUTO FLIGHT
9. Touch Control Steering
Switches (TCS)
10. Remote Heading and
*** Course Select Control
System
D
2
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: If Honeywell HUD is installed and
the left TCS is inoperative, the HUD TCS
“clear” function will be inoperative.
C

0
May be inoperative provided manual
Heading and Course Selectors are
operative.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
23.
COMMUNICATIONS
1.
Radio Communications
System (VHF and UHF)
1) VHF Communications
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-1
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
C

1
Any in excess of one and not powered by
None required.
an emergency bus may be inoperative
provided the flight is conducted under VFR
over routes navigated by reference to visual
landmarks.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Radio
Control Head and will be
noted on ADLS.
C

2
Any in excess of two and not powered by
an emergency bus may be inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Radio
Control Head and will be
noted on ADLS.
NOTE: Comm 1 is powered by the
Emergency Bus.
*** a) Frequency Transfer
Light
C

0
One or more may be inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
*** b) Frequency Transfer
Switch
C

0
One or more may be inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
*** c) Frequency Selector
Knob
C

2
Any in excess of two may be inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
23.
COMMUNICATIONS
1.
Radio Communications
System (VHF and UHF)
(cont’d)
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
*** d) Frequency
Indication
C

2
Any in excess of two may be inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
2.
A

0
One or more may be inoperative provided:
a) Not more than 72 hours have
elapsed since cockpit voice
recorder was found to be
unserviceable,
b) Aeroplane does not exceed 8
further consecutive flights with
cockpit voice recorder
unserviceable, and
c) Any flight data recorder required to
be carried is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Cockpit Voice
Recorder System
NOTE: The alleviation is not applicable to
combined CVR/FDR. For those combined
systems refer to JAR-OPS 1 MEL Policy
Document.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
23.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
COMMUNICATIONS
3. Selective Call
*** System (SELCAL)
1) Channels
C

0
(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used.
D

0
C

D

None required.
One crew member shall
monitor the appropriate
frequency.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
May be inoperative provided procedures do None required.
not require its use.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
0
(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) SELCAL decoder
monitors audio from the
VHF and HF
communications
transceivers,
b) Recognizes receipt of
the tone set assigned to
the aeroplane, and
c) Provides the flight
compartment with call
alert signals.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
0
May be inoperative provided procedures do None required.
not require its use.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
23.
4.
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
COMMUNICATIONS
Emergency Locator
Transmitters (ELT)
*** 1) Survival Type
ELTs and Life Rafts
***
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-4
2) Fixed ELTs
5. Interphone
*** Systems
D


(M) Any in excess of those required may
be missing or inoperative provided the
inoperative equipment is placarded
inoperative, removed from the installed
location, and placed out of sight so it
cannot be mistaken for a functional unit.
Maintenance will ensure to
placard inoperative survival
type ELT and remove from
aeroplane for servicing.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
A

0
May be inoperative for a maximum of 6
flight or 25 flying hours, whichever occurs
first.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
D

0
Any in excess of those required may be
missing.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Flitephone
System and noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
23.
6.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
COMMUNICATIONS
Cockpit Speakers
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Affected speaker is not required for
aural warnings,
b) An operative headset is provided
for each person on cockpit duty,
and
c) Headset is used for associated
inoperative speaker(s) including
headset use during emergency
procedures.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
B
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided alternate,
normal and emergency procedures, and/or
operating restrictions are established and
used.
None required.
Flight crew will coordinate
with cabin crew prior to the
flight. Flight crews may use
the flight deck-to-cabin
interphone system to pass
information to the cabin crew.
Also, the flight crew may
speak to the cabin crew
directly in either the cockpit
or cabin to pass information.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
7. Passenger Address
*** System (PA)
Passenger
Configuration
NOTE: Any station function(s) that is
operative may be used.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
23.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-6
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
None required.
Flight crew will coordinate
with cabin crew prior to the
flight. Flight crews may use
the flight deck-to-cabin
interphone system to pass
information to the cabin crew.
Also, the flight crew may
speak to the cabin crew
directly in either the cockpit
or cabin to pass information.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
Flight crew will coordinate
with the cabin attendant to
knock on the lavatory door
and advise the occupant of
the necessary information.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
COMMUNICATIONS
7. Passenger Address
*** System (PA) (cont’d)
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) PA not required by EU-OPS, and
b) Alternate, normal and emergency
procedures, and/or operating
restrictions are established and
used.
NOTE: Any station function(s) that is
operative may be used.
Lavatory Speakers
C


(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used.
Cargo Only Configuration
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided procedures do None required.
not require its use.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
8. Satellite Communications
*** (SATCOM) Systems
D

0
May be inoperative provided procedures do None required.
not require their use.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-7
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
23.
COMMUNICATIONS
9.
***
Prerecorded Passenger
Announcement Systems
D

0
(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used.
None required.
Flight crew will comply with
proviso in remarks column by
using manual PA system to
inform passengers. In
addition, the flight crew or
cabin crew may give direct
oral instructions to the
passengers.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
10.
***
Hand Held
Microphones
D

0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Each cockpit crewmember uses a
boom microphone, and
b) Each (Control Wheel) Press-ToTalk Switch is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
11.
Headsets
D


Any in excess of one headset (including
boom microphone) for each required crew
member on flight deck duty may be
inoperative or missing.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on each inoperative
microphone and will be noted
on ADLS.
12.
***
Crewmember
Interphone System(s)
B

0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Alternate procedures are
established and used for
communications with the flight
deck, and
b) The PA system is operative.
None required.
Flight crew may use the PA to
communicate with the cabin
crew or speak to the cabin
crew directly in either the
cockpit or cabin to pass
information.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on each inoperative
microphone and will be noted
on ADLS.
1) Passenger Configuration
a) Flight Deck to Cabin
Cabin to Flight Deck
Functions
NOTE: Any station function(s) that is
operative may be used.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
23.
COMMUNICATIONS
12.
***
Crewmember
Interphone System(s) (cont’d)
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-8
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
None required.
Flight crew may use the PA to
communicate with the cabin
crew or speak to the cabin
crew directly in either the
cockpit or cabin to pass
information.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on each inoperative
microphone and will be noted
on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
1) Passenger Configuration
*** b) Cabin to Cabin
Functions
C

0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Alternate, normal and emergency
procedures are established and
used, and
b) The PA system is operative.
NOTE: Any station function(s) that is
operative may be used.
*** c) Flight Deck to
Ground Functions
13.
***
Alerting System
(Audio/Visual)
C

0
May be inoperative provided alternate,
normal and emergency procedures are
established and used.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on each inoperative
microphone and will be noted
on ADLS.
D

0
May be inoperative provided procedures do None required.
not require its use.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on each inoperative
microphone and will be noted
on ADLS.
C


Visual signal may be inoperative on flight
deck.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C


Both visual and aural signals may be
inoperative in the cabin provided the PA
system is operative from flight deck.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: Any station function(s) that is
operative may be used.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-9
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
23.
COMMUNICATIONS
14.
***
Right Side Radio
Tuning Unit (RTU)
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Cross-side tuning function of the
left RTU is operative, and
b) Radio tuning function of both
FMS’s are operational.
None required.
Flight crew will comply by
exercising tuning options and
the ability to change
frequencies on the remaining
RTU and both FMS’s.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
15.
***
8.33/25KHZ
Channel Spacing
Switch
C

0
May be inoperative provided operations do
not require its use.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
16.
Handset Systems
C


Handsets at non required stations may be
inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on each inoperative
handset and will be noted on
ADLS.
C


(O) One handset may be inoperative
None required.
provided alternate procedures are
established and used to compensate for loss
of PA and interphone function at the
affected stations.
NOTE: Any handset in excess of that
required at each station may be inoperative.
Flight crew will use the PA or An Inoperative Placard will
direct oral communications as be placed on each inoperative
necessary.
handset and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
23.
COMMUNICATIONS
17.
High Frequency (HF)
Communication
System
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-10
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
D


Any in excess of those required may be
inoperative.
C
2
1
(O) May be inoperative while conducting
None required.
operations that require two LRCS
provided:
a) SATCOM Voice or Data Link is
operative,
b) Alternate procedures are
established and used,
c) SATCOM coverage is available
over the intended route of flight,
and
d) Prior coordination with the
appropriate ATS facility is required
when Inmarsat Codes for
SATCOM Voice are not available.
NOTE: SATCOM is to be used only as a
backup to normal HF communications
unless otherwise authorised by the
appropriate ATS facilities.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Radio
Control Head and will be
noted on ADLS.
Flight crew shall perform a
SATCOM voice call before
departure.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Radio
Control Head and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
23.
COMMUNICATIONS
18.
***
Datalink System
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
23-11
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
C

0
(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used.
None required.
Flight crew will comply by
using voice over VHF or HF
to make position reports and
get clearances.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by the
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
D

0
May be inoperative provided routine
procedures do not require its use.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by the
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
1.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
ELECTRICAL POWER
Engine Alternators
A
2
1
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) TRU is operative,
b) APU Alternator is used for all
phase of flight,
c) Aeroplane is operated at FL 300
and below or up to FL 350 and
below with Electrical Load
Warning System (ELWS) installed
or with ASC 420 or ASC 465
installed, and
d) Repairs are made within one (1)
flight day.
None required.
B
2
1
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) TRU is operative,
b) APU Alternator is used for all
phases of flight,
c) Aeroplane is operated at FL 300
and below or up to FL 350 and
below with Electrical Load
Warning System (ELWS) installed
or with ASC 420 or ASC 465
installed,
d) Opposite Converter is operative,
e) Associated electrical cables are
secured, and
f) Inoperative Alternator drive shaft is
removed and alternator is
reinstalled, OR a blanking plate is
installed in place of alternator.
Maintenance will remove
None required.
affected alternator, then
remove Drive Shaft or Spline
Adapter and replace alternator.
Associated electrical cables
will be disconnected, labeled
and secured. For Alternator,
Drive Shaft and Spline Adapter
removal, refer to AMM,
Chapter 24-01-01.
Remove Alternator and install
Blanking Cover on engine.
Associated electrical cables
will be disconnected, labeled
and secured. For Alternator
removal, refer to AMM,
Chapter 24-01-01.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above affected
Generator Switch on Electric
Power Control Panel (EPCP)
and will be noted on ADLS.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or above
affected Alternator’s Power
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
24-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Maintenance will pull and
collar #1 circuit breaker on AC
BPCU.
Flight crew will ensure #1
circuit breaker on AC BPCU
is pulled and collared.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or above APU
Alternator’s Power Switch or
on APU Master Switch and
will be noted on ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or above APU
Alternator’s Power Switch or
on APU Master Switch and
will be noted on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
ELECTRICAL POWER
APU Alternator
B
1
0
(M) (O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Both Engine Alternators are
operative,
b) Both Converters are operative,
c) Standby Electrical System is
operative,
d) Procedures do not require its use,
e) AC BPCU No. 1 circuit breaker is
pulled and collared, and,
f) APU is operated on ground only.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
NOTE: APU may be used as a pneumatic
source.
C
1
0
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided APU is not utilized.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
3.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Affected alternator’s
Power Switch is selected
OFF.
b) TRU is operative. With
APU powering
aeroplane, check EPMP
for DC load indication.
If value is greater than
zero and TRU capsules
are lighted, TRU is
operative.
c) Auxiliary Power Unit
(APU) Alternator is used
for all phases of flight.
d) Aeroplane is operated at
FL 300 and below or up
to FL 350 and below
with Electrical Load
Warning System
(ELWS) installed or
with ASC 420 or ASC
465 installed.
e) QRH ELWS Operational
Procedures, are followed
on aeroplanes equipped
with ELWS or ASC 420
or ASC 465 when flights
are conducted above
FL 300.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
Alternator’s Power Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
ELECTRICAL POWER
Converters
B
2
1
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) TRU is operative,
b) APU Alternator is used for takeoff,
enroute and landing, and
c) Aeroplane is operated at FL 300
and below or up to FL 350 and
below with Electrical Load
Warning System (ELWS) installed
or with ASC 420 or ASC 465
installed.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
4.
5.
6.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
ELECTRICAL POWER
TransformerRectifier
Battery Chargers
Main Aeroplane
Batteries
B
B
B
1
2
2
0
1
1
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Both Converters are operative,
b) APU Alternator is operative,
c) Both Battery chargers are
operative,
d) Both Main Aeroplane Batteries are
operative, and
e) TRU (R-AC) circuit breaker on the
Power Distribution Box is pulled
and collared.
Maintenance will pull and
collar TRU (R-AC)
CONTROL circuit breaker
(located on PDB).
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on TRU Switch and
will be noted an ADLS.
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Engine Alternators and both
converters are operative,
b) APU Alternator is operative,
c) Associated Battery Charger circuit
breaker on the Power Distribution
Box is pulled and collared, and
d) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
Maintenance will pull and
collar associated BATT
Charger and BATT circuit
breaker (located on PDB).
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above affected
Battery Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Aeroplane is operated in day VMC,
b) There are no other electrical power
source failures,
c) Associated battery cables are
disconnected and secured,
d) Associated Battery Charger circuit
breaker on the Power Distribution
Box is pulled and collared, and
e) Associated battery circuit breaker is
pulled and collared.
Maintenance will pull and
None required.
collar associated BATT CHGR
and BATT ON circuit breakers.
In addition, associated battery
cables will be disconnected,
labeled and secured. AMM,
Chapter 24-02-03.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Battery
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
ELECTRICAL POWER
7.
SEL/AUTO Buttons
on EPMP
C
6
5
May be inoperative provided affected bus
is manually selected ON.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
SEL/AUTO Switch and will
be noted on ADLS.
8.
Battery Ammeters
C
2
1
May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated voltmeter is operative,
and
b) Both battery charger fail lights are
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Battery
Ammeter and will be noted
on ADLS.
9.
Battery Voltmeters
C
2
1
May be inoperative provided associated
ammeter is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Voltmeter and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
ELECTRICAL POWER
10.
Electrical Power
Monitor Panel
(EPMP) Displays
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-6
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
C
1
0
2) Frequency Meter
C
1
0
3) DC Voltmeter
C
1
0
4) Left AC
Loadmeter (%)
C
1
0
5) AUX PWR AC
Loadmeter (%)
C
1
0
6) Right AC
Loadmeter (%)
C
1
0
7) Left DC
Loadmeter (%)
C
1
0
8) AUX PWR DC
Loadmeter (%)
C
1
0
9) Right DC
Loadmeter (%)
C
1
0
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
Only one of Items 1 through 9 may be
inoperative.
1) AC Voltmeter
MAINTENANCE
None required.
None required.
NOTE: Only one (1) of the
Items contained in Column 1
may be inoperative.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Display
and will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-7
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
24.
ELECTRICAL POWER
11.
Battery Charger
Fail Lights
C
2
1
May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated charger is operative,
b) Associated ammeter is operative,
and
c) Associated voltmeter is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Battery
Charger Fail Light and will
be noted on ADLS.
12.
Master Power
Switch Lights
(Left, Right, AUX)
C
3
2
May be inoperative provided associated
AC loadmeter and voltmeter are operative
and selected for monitoring.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Master
Power Switch Light and will
be noted on ADLS.
13.
APU Alternator
OFF Warning
System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Alternator
OFF Light and will be noted
on ADLS.
14. Battery Temperature
*** Indicating System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
Temperature Indicator and
will be noted on ADLS.
15.
C
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Standby
Electrical System Control
Panel and will be noted on
ADLS.
Standby Electrical
System
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
ELECTRICAL POWER
16.
Converter Cooling
Fans
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
C
10
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
24-8
9
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Normal operation of remaining
fans is verified before each
departure, and
b) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM.
Maintenance will verify normal None required.
operation of remaining Fans is
verified prior to departure.
AMM, Chapter 24-01-02.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
17.
External Power
Systems
D
2
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above AUX Power
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
18.
***
Electrical Load
Warning System
(ELWS)
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on ELWS
Indicator and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
ELECTRICAL POWER
19.
APU Alternator
Overheat Warning
System
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
C
C
1
1
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-9
0
0
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) APU CONT #1 and CONT #2
circuit breakers are pulled and
collared,
b) Both Engine Alternators are
operative,
c) Both Converters are operative,
d) TRU is operative, and
e) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
Maintenance will ensure APU
CONT #1 and APU CONT #2
circuit breaker is pulled and
collared.
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Both Engine Alternators are
operative,
b) Both Converters are operative,
c) TRU is operative,
d) Standby Electrical System is
operative,
e) Procedures do not require its use,
f) AC BPCU No. 1 circuit breaker is
pulled and collared, and
g) APU is operated on ground only.
Maintenance will ensure AC
BPCU #1 circuit breaker is
pulled and collared.
NOTE: APU may be used as a pneumatic
source.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on AUX Power
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-10
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
24.
ELECTRICAL POWER
20.
Engine Alternator
A
Overheat Warning Systems
2
1
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) TRU is operative,
b) The associated L Power or R
Power Alternator control switch is
selected OFF,
c) APU Alternator is used for all
phases of flight,
d) Aeroplane is operated at FL 300
and below or up to FL 350 and
below with Electrical Load
Warning System (ELWS) installed
or with ASC 420 or ASC 465
installed, and
e) Repairs are made within one (1)
flight day.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or above
affected Alternator’s Power
Switch or APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
B
2
1
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) TRU is operative,
b) APU Alternator is used for all
phases of flight,
c) Aeroplane is operated at FL 300
and below or up to FL 350 and
below with Electrical Load
Warning System (ELWS) installed
or with ASC 420 or ASC 465
installed,
d) Opposite Converter is operative,
e) Associted electrical cables are
secured, and
f) Inoperative Altrnator drive shaft is
removed and Alternator is
reinstalled, OR a blanking plate is
installed in place of Alternator.
Maintenance will remove
None required.
affected alternator, then
remove Drive Shaft or Spline
Adapter and replace alternator.
Associated electrical cables
will be disconnected, labeled
and secured. For Alternator,
Drive Shaft and Spline Adapter
removal, refer to AMM,
Chapter 24-01-01.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or above
affected Alternator’s Power
Switch or APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
Remove Alternator and install
Blanking Cover on engine.
Associated electrical cables
will be disconnected, labeled
and secured. For Alternator
removal, refer to AMM,
Chapter 24-01-01.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-11
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
24.
ELECTRICAL POWER
21.
***
Low Battery Power
Audible Warning
System (Sonalert)
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
22.
***
Ground Service
Bus System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
23.
***
50Hz/60Hz AC
Electrical Power
System
D

0
Maintenance will pull and
collar affected circuit breaker.
Flight crew will brief the
passengers on the items that
are inoperative with the
failure of the power source
for cabin entertainment.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided
affected circuit breaker is pulled and
collared.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
24.
ELECTRICAL POWER
24.
IRU Back Up Batteries
25.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
24-12
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
A

0
The “BATT FAIL” lights may be
illuminated provided:
a) Aeroplane is operated in day VMC
conditions, and
b) Repairs are made within one (1)
flight day.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
A

0
May be inoperative provided:
a) All other components of the
Electrical Power system are
operative, and
b) Repairs are made within one (1)
flight day.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
2
1
May be inoperative provided repairs are
made within two (2) flight days.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
K-15 PDB Relays
A
(Aeroplanes with Allied
Signal Service Bulletin
1152312-24-05 incorporated)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
24-13
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
24.
ELECTRICAL POWER
26.
Engine Driven
Alternator Bearings
A
2
1
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Operation on auxiliary bearing
does not exceed 15 hours at full
load or 50 hours at no load,
b) Associated TRU is operative,
c) APU Alternator is available for all
phases of flight,
d) Engine Alternator Overheat
Warning System is operative, and
e) Repars are made within 15 hours at
full load or 50 hours at no load.
None required.
Flight crew will verify that
the TRU is operative by
checking the TRU load on the
EPMP panel wth the APU
operating and flight crew will
maintain a log of the
operating times and loads for
the alternator with the failed
bearing.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
27.
APU Alternator
Bearing
A
1
0
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Operation on auxiliary bearing
does not exceed 15 hours at full
load or 50 hours at no load,
b) Both Engine Alternators are
operative,
c) Both Converters are operative,
d) Standby Electrical System is
operative,
e) Procedures do not require its use,
and
f) Repairs are made within 15 hours
at full load or 50 hours at no load.
None required.
Flight crew will verify that
the TRU is operative by
checking the TRU load on the
EPMP panel wth the APU
operating and flight crew will
maintain a log of the
operating times and loads for
the APU alternator.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
25.
1.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
25-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Emergency Medical
Equipment
*** 1) Automatic External
Defibrillator (AED)
and/or Associated
Equipment
*** 2) Emergency Medical
Kit (EMK) and/or
Associated Equipment
(continued)
A

0
(O) May be incomplete, missing or
inoperative provided:
a) AED is resealed in a manner that
will identify it as a unit that can not
be mistaken for a fully serviceable
unit, and
b) Repairs are made within three (3)
flight cycles.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure AED
unit is placarded “DO NOT
USE THIS UNIT. SOME
REQUIRED ITEMS MAY
BE MISSING.”, and repairs
are made within three (3)
flight cycles.
If installed, an Inoperative
Placard will be placed on
Automatic External
Defibrillator and will be
noted on ADLS.
D


Any in excess of those required may be
incomplete, missing or inoperative.
None required.
None required.
If installed, an Inoperative
Placard will be placed on
Automatic External
Defibrillator and will be
noted on ADLS.
A

0
(O) May be incomplete, missing or
inoperative provided:
a) EMK is resealed in a manner that
will identify it as a unit that can not
be mistaken for a fully serviceable
unit, and
b) Repairs are made within two (2)
calendar days.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure EMK
unit is placarded “DO NOT
USE THIS UNIT. SOME
REQUIRED ITEMS MAY
BE MISSING.”, and repairs
are made within two (2)
calendar days.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Emergency
Medical Kit Cover and will
be noted on ADLS.
D


Any in excess of those required may be
incomplete, missing or inoperative.
None required.
None required.
If installed, an Inoperative
Placard will be placed on
Emergency Medical Kit
Cover and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
25.
1.
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Emergency Medical
Equipment (cont’d)
3) First Aid Kit (FAK)
and/or Associated
Equipment
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-2
Overwater Equipment
A


(O) If more than one is required, only one
of the required first aid kits may be
incomplete, missing, or inoperative
provided:
a) FAK is resealed in a manner that
will identify it as a unit that can not
be mistaken for a fully serviceable
unit, and
b) Repairs are made within two (2)
calendar days.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure FAK
unit is placarded “DO NOT
USE THIS UNIT. SOME
REQUIRED ITEMS MAY
BE MISSING.”, and repairs
are made within two (2)
calendar days.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on First Aid Kit
Cover and will be noted on
ADLS.
D


Any in excess of those required may be
incomplete, missing or inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on First Aid Kit
Cover and will be noted on
ADLS.
D


As required by regulations.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
25.
3.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Passenger Seats
C


May be inoperative provided:
a) Seat does not block an Emergency
Exit,
b) Seat does not restrict any passenger
from access to the main aeroplane
aisle, and
c) The affected seat(s) are blocked
and placarded "DO NOT
OCCUPY".
None required.
None required.
A “Do Not Occupy” Placard
will be placed on affected
seat and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE 1: A seat with an inoperative seat
belt is considered inoperative.
NOTE 2: Inoperative seats do not affect the
required number of Flight Attendants.
NOTE 3: Affected seat(s) may include the
seat(s) behind and/or adjacent outboard
seats.
1)
Recline
Mechanism
(continued)
D


(M) May be inoperative and seat occupied
provided seat back is secured in full
upright position.
Maintenance will ensure seat
back is secured in full upright
position.
None required.
A "Do Not Operate Recline”
Placard will be placed on
affected seat mechanism and
will be noted on ADLS.
C


May be inoperative and seat occupied
provided seat back is immovable in full
upright position.
None required.
None required.
A "Do Not Operate Recline”
Placard will be placed on
affected seat mechanism and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
25.
3.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Passenger Seat(s) (cont’d)
*** 2)
Underseat
Baggage Restraining
Bars
D


(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Baggage is not stowed under seat
with inoperative restraining bar,
b) Associated seat is placarded “DO
NOT STOW BAGGAGE UNDER
THIS SEAT”, and
c) Procedures are established to alert
Cabin Crew of inoperative
restraining bar.
None required.
Flight crew will advise cabin
crew which seat is affected
and mark this seat with a
placard visible to crew and
passengers.
A “Do Not Stow baggage
Under this Seat” Placard will
be placed on affected seat and
will be noted on ADLS.
3)
Armrest
a)
Armrests with
Recline Mechanism
D


(M) May be inoperative or missing and seat
occupied provided:
a) Armrest does not block an
Emergency Exit,
b) Armrest does not restrict any
passenger from access to the main
aeroplane aisle, and
c) If armrest is missing, seat is
secured in the full upright position.
Maintenance will verify that
the armrest does not block an
Emergency Exit and that it
does not restrict access to aisle.
None required.
An “Armrest Inoperative ”
Placard will be placed on
affected seat and will be
noted on ADLS.
b)
Armrests without
Recline Mechanism
D


May be inoperative or missing and seat
occupied provided:
a) Armrest does not block an
Emergency Exit, and
b) Armrest does not restrict any
passenger from access to the main
aeroplane aisle.
None required.
None required.
An “Armrest Inoperative ”
Placard will be placed on
affected seat and will be
noted on ADLS.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
25.
3.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
Passenger Seat(s) (cont’d)
***
4)
Swivel
Mechanism
C


May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated seat does not block an
Emergency Exit,
b) Associated seat does not restrict
any passenger from access to the
main aeroplane aisle, and
c) Associated seat remains in takeoff
position.
None required.
None required.
A “Swivel Mechanism
Inoperative” Placard will be
placed on affected seat,
associated seat will remain in
takeoff position and will be
noted on ADLS.
***
5)
Divan High
Backs
C


May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated seat does not block an
Emergency Exit,
b) Associated seat does not restrict
any passenger from access to the
main aeroplane aisle, and
c) Associated seat remains in takeoff
position.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected seat,
associated seat will remain in
takeoff position and will be
noted on ADLS.
***
6)
Electrical / Electronic C
Systems / Components


(M) May be inoperative and seat occupied
provided associated component(s) is
deactivated.
Maintenance will disconnect,
bag and stow the electrical
conectors.
None required.
An Inoperative
“Electrical/Electronic
Systems/Components”
Placard will be placed on
affected seat, associated
component(s) is deactivated if
seat is occupied and will be
noted on ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
25.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-6
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
4.
Crewmember Shoulder
Harnesses
B


Any in excess of those required for flight
deck crew members (including official
observer in observer's seat) may be
inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
5.
Observer Seat
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided seat is not
required and correctly stowed.
None required.
None required.
A “Do Not Occupy” Placard
will be placed on affected
seat and will be noted on
ADLS.
D


Any in excess of those required may be
inoperative or missing provided:
a) Inoperative megaphone is removed
from passenger cabin, and
b) Required distribution is
maintained.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
6. Megaphones
***
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
25.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-7
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
7. Life Rafts
***
D


(O) May be inoperative or missing
provided:
a) Extended over-water flights are not
conducted, and
b) Procedure are established and used
to alert crew members of
inoperative or missing equipment.
None required.
Flight crew will plan the
flight appropriately to avoid
extended over-water flights.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C


(M) (O) Any in excess of those required for
the intended flight may be inoperative or
missing for extended over-water flights
provided:
a) Required distribution is
maintained,
b) Inoperative life raft and is installed
location are placarded inoperative,
c) When practical, the inoperative life
raft is secured out of sight, and
d) Procedures are established and
used to alert crew members of
inoperative or missing equipment.
Maintenance will either
remove the inoperative life
rafts from the aeroplane or
mark the inoperative raft with a
large placard stating
“INOPERATIVE”. The
inoperative life raft should be
removed from the cabin and
stored in the baggage
compartment if possible.
Flight crew will familiarize
themselves with the locations
of the operative life rafts and
ensure that the required
distribution of life rafts is
maintained.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
25.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-8
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
8. Life Jackets
***
D


(M) Any in excess of those provided may
be missing or inoperative provided:
a) Inoperative life jacket is placarded
inoperative, removed from the
installed location and placed out of
sight so it can not be mistaken for a
functional unit, and
b) Required distribution of operative
life jackets is maintained.
Maintenance will either
remove the inoperative life
jacket from the aeroplane or
mark the inoperative jacket
with a large placard stating
“INOPERATIVE”. The
inoperative life jacket should
be removed from the cabin and
stored in the baggage
compartment if possible.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
9. Survival Equipment
***
D


(M) Any in excess of those required may
be inoperative provided the inoperative
equipment is placarded inoperative,
removed from the installed location, and
placed out of sight so it can not be
mistaken for a functional unit.
Maintenance will either
remove the inoperative life
jacket from the aeroplane or
mark the inoperative jacket
with a large placard stating
“INOPERATIVE”. The
inoperative life jacket should
be removed from the cabin and
stored in the baggage
compartment if possible.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
10. “Fasten Seat Belt
*** While Seated” Sign
or Placard
C


One or more signs or placards may be
illegible or missing provided a legible sign
or placard is visible from each occupied
passenger seat.
None required.
None required.
A “Do Not Occupy” Placard
will be placed on affected
seat from which signs are not
readable and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-9
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
11.
***
Crash Axe and Crowbars
D


Any of those in excess of those required
may be missing.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on inoperative
(unusable) Crash Axe and
will be noted on ADLS.
12.
***
Storage Bins/Cabin,
C
Galley and Lavatory Storage
Compartment/Closets


(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Procedures are established to
secure the affected bin,
compartment or closet in the closed
position,
b) Affected bin, compartment or
closet is prominently placarded DO
NOT USE,
c) Any emergency equipment located
in affected compartment is
considered inoperative, and
d) Affected bin, compartment or
closet is not used for storage of any
items except for those permanently
affixed.
Maintenance will verify that no
emergency equipment is stored
in the compartment, secure the
compartment CLOSED and
placard it against use for
storage of any equipment.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Storage
Bins/Cabin, Galley or
Lavatory Storage
Compartment/Closets and
will be noted on ADLS.
NOTE: For overhead bins, if no partitions
are installed, entire overhead bin is
considered inoperative.
(continued)
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
12.
***
Storage Bins/Cabin,
Galley and Lavatory Storage
Compartment/Closets
(cont’d)
C

MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13

MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Flight crew will ensure
passengers are briefed that
bin or compartment is not to
be used.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Storage
Bins/Cabin, Galley or
Lavatory Storage
Compartment/Closets and
will be noted on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) For non-retractable doors, affected
door is removed,
b) For retractable doors, affected door
is removed or secured in the
retracted (fully open) position,
c) Affected bin, compartment or
closet is not used for storage of any
items, except those permanently
affixed,
d) Affected bin, compartment or
closet is prominently placarded DO
NOT USE,
e) Procedures are established and
used to alert crew members and
passengers of inoperative bins,
compartments or closets, and
f) Passengers are briefed that affected
bin, compartment or closet is not
used.
NOTE 1: For overhead bins, if no
partitions are installed, the entire overhead
bin is considered one compartment.
NOTE 2: Any emergency equipment
located in affected bin, compartment or
closet (permanently affixed) is available for
use.
(continued)
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-10
Maintenance will verify that no
emergency equipment is stored
in the compartment, secure the
compartment CLOSED and
placard it against use for
storage of any equipment.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
12.
***
Storage Bins/Cabin,
Galley and Lavatory Storage
Compartment/Closets
(cont’d)
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-11
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
1) Storage
Compartment
Key Locks
D

0
(M) May be inoperative in unlocked
position provided doors can be secured by
other means.
Maintenance will secure the
door by other means to include
the latch by which the door is
normally held closed.
None required.
***
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Storage
Bins/Cabin, Galley or
Lavatory Storage
Compartment/Closets and
will be noted on ADLS.
13.
***
Cargo Restraint
Systems
D


(M) May be inoperative, or missing
provided acceptable cargo loading limits
from the approved appropriate model
Gulfstream Cargo Loading Manual, or
Weight and Balance Document are
observed.
Maintenance will provide
acceptable cargo loading limits
from an approved source, i.e.,
an Approved Cargo Loading
Manual, or Weight and
Balance Document are
observed.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C


May be inoperative, or missing provided
cargo compartment remains empty.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
14.
***
Non-Required Cabin
Crew Seat(s)
C

MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-12
0
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Maintenance will ensure:
a) Folding type seat is stowed
or secured in the retracted
position, and
b) Passenger seat assigned to
displaced cabin crew is
placarded “FOR CABIN
CREW USE ONLY”.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Affected seat or seat
assembly is not occupied,
b) Flight attendant displaced
by inoperative seat
occupies the passenger
seat most accessible to
the inoperative seat, and
c) Alternate procedures are
established and used as
published in crewmember
manuals.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Flight
Attendant Seat and will be
noted on ADLS.
Flight crew will ensure
procedures are established to
ensure that sufficient galley /
cabin waste receptacles e.g.
trash bags are available to
accommodate all waste that
may be generated on a flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on Galley/Cabin
Waste Receptacles
Doors/Covers to be seen by
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(M) (O) Seat or seat assembly may be
inoperative provided:
a) Inoperative seat or seat assembly is
not occupied,
b) Alternate procedures are
established/approved and used for
displaced cabin crew,
c) Folding type seat is stowed or
secured in the retracted position,
and
d) Where a passenger seat is assigned
to the displaced cabin crew it is
placarded “FOR CABIN CREW
USE ONLY”.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
NOTE: A seat position with an inoperative
or missing seat belt or harness is
considered inoperative.
15.
***
Galley/Cabin Waste
Receptacles Access
Doors/Covers
C


(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) The container is empty and the
access is secured to prevent waste
introduction into the compartment,
and
b) Procedures are established to
ensure that sufficient galley / cabin
waste receptacles are available to
accommodate all waste that may be
generated on a flight.
Maintenance will ensure the
container is empty and the
access is secured to prevent
waste introduction into the
compartment.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
16.
***
Exterior Lavatory
Door Ashtrays
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-13
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
1)
Aeroplanes with more
than one exterior
lavatory door
ashtrays installed
A


One may be inoperative provided it is
replaced within 10 calendar days.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on Ashtray to be
seen by flight crew and will
be noted on ADLS.
2)
Aeroplanes with only
one exterior lavatory
door ashtray installed
A
1

May be missing provided it is replaced
within three (3) calendar days.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on Ashtray to be
seen by flight crew and will
be noted on ADLS.
17.
***
External Camera
System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
18.
***
Emergency Vision
Assurance Systems
(EVAS)
STC No. SA00892LA
C

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
19.
Pilot Seats
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-14
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
1)
Vertical
Adjustment
B


(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Seat is secured at the individual
crewmember’s requirements, and
b) Fore-Aft adjustment is operative.
Maintenance will secure seat as Flight crew will evaluate seat
required by proviso a) and
for suitability.
ensure that seat is able to move
full fore and aft on its track.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on the affected
Vertical Adjustment handle
and will be noted on ADLS.
2)
Armrest
C


(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Affected armrest is in the up
position or removed, and
b) Seat is acceptable to the affected
crewmember.
Maintenance will ensure
armrest is in the up position or
removed.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on the affected
Armrest and will be noted on
ADLS.
3)
Recline
Adjustment
B


(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Seat is secured at a position
acceptable to the affected
crewmember, and
b) Seat is able to move full Fore and
Aft on its track.
Maintenance will secure seat as Flight crew will evaluate seat
required by proviso a) and
for suitability.
ensure that seat is able to move
full fore and aft on its track.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on the affected
Recline Adjustment handle
and will be noted on ADLS.
4)
Lumbar Support
C


May be inoperative provided seat is
acceptable to the affected crewmember.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be on the rudder pedal
adjustment handle and will be
noted on ADLS.
5)
Thigh Support
C


May be inoperative provided seat is
acceptable to the affected crewmember.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be on the rudder pedal
adjustment handle and will be
noted on ADLS.
Flight crew will evaluate seat
for suitability.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-15
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
20.
Rudder Pedal
Adjustment
C
2
0
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Adjustments can be secured in a
position that suits individual
pilot(s) requirements, and
b) Position of pedal(s) permits full
flight control movement.
Maintenance will remove the
forward retaining bolt on the
rudder pedal adjustment.
Adjust the handle position to
achieve desired position with
reference to location of the
retaining bolt. Re-insert the
bolt and secure with nut and
cotter key. Flight crew may
accomplish this task if
properly qualified and
authorised.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on the Rudder
Pedal Adjustment handle and
will be noted on ADLS.
21.
Cockpit Convenience
Items
C

0
NOTE: Items such as sunshades, cup
holders, curtains, cushions, vent knobs,
gaspers, upholstery/trim, goggles stowage
bags, side panel holders, side view mirrors,
foot rests, foot warmer handles and vents,
and yoke clips may be inoperative or
missing.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
22.
Keyed Locks
C

0
May be inoperative provided the associated
access panel, door, compartment, or cap is
verified secure before each departure.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
23.
Aeroplane Ladders
C

0
1)
D

0
Ladder Hardware
(pip pins,
lanyards, etc.)
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-16
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
None required.
Flight crew will ensure
inoperative ladder is secured
or removed prior to each
diparture.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(O) May be inoperative or removed.
24.
***
Baggage Compartment
Shelves
***
1)
Shelf Stowage
Straps
D

0
May be inoperative or removed provided
the shelves remain in the down position.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
2)
Shelf Support
Straps
D

0
May be inoperative or removed provided
the shelves remain in the stowed (up)
position and are not used.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
25-17
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
25.
Crewmember Torch
Holder Assemblies
(including torch)
C


May be inoperative or missing provided
crewmember has a torch of equivalent
characteristics readily available.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
26.
***
EMS Litter Systems
(STC #ST01500CH-D)
C

0
(M) May be inoperative provided the
system or subsystems are electrically
deactivated by pulling and collaring the
affected circuit breaker.
Maintenance will ensure
system or subsystems are
electrically deactivated by
pulling and collaring the
affected circuit breaker in
accordance with the
Instructions for Continued
Airworthiness issued with the
STC.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
27.
***
Patient Loading System
(STC #ST01500CH-D)
C
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided the
system or subsystems are electrically
deactivated by pulling and collaring the
affected circuit breaker.
Maintenance will ensure
system or subsystems are
electrically deactivated by
pulling and collaring the
affected ciruiit breaker in
accordance with the
Instructions for Continued
Airworthiness issued with the
STC.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
25.
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
28.
Passenger Convenience
Items
D

MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
25-18
0
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
NOTE 1: Passenger convenience items are
those related to passenger convenience,
comfort or entertainment, such as, but not
limited to – galley equipment, movie
equipment, ashtrays, stereo equipment, and
overhead reading lamps. Items addressed
elsewhere in this document shall not be
included.
NOTE 2: Lavatory door ashtrays are not
considered convenience items.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
26.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
26-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FIRE PROTECTION
1.
Portable Fire
Extinguishers
D


Any in excess of those required may be
inoperative or missing provided:
a) Inoperative fire extinguisher is
tagged inoperative, removed from
the installed location, and placed
out of sight so it can not be
mistaken for a functional unit, and
b) Required distribution is
maintained.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or near
inoperative Fire
Extinguishers and will be
noted on ADLS.
2.
Wing Overheat
Warning Systems
C
2
1
Except for ER operations, may be
None required.
inoperative provided:
a) Wing Anti-ice is not used, and
b) Aeroplane is not operated in known
or forecast icing conditions.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Wing Anti-Ice
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
3.
APU Fire Detection
System
C
1
0
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) APU is not used,
b) Both Engine Alternators are
operative,
c) Both Converters are operative,
d) TRU is operative, and
e) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to inoperative
APU Fire Warning Light and
on or next to APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
Maintenance will pull and
collar APU CONT #1 and
CONT #2 circuit breaker.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
26.
4.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
26-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FIRE PROTECTION
Rear Baggage
Compartment Smoke
Detector System
5. Lavatory Smoke
*** Detection System
C

0
May be inoperative provided internal
baggage door remains OPEN.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be viewed by
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
C


(M) (O) For each lavatory, the Lavatory
Smoke Detection System may be
inoperative provided:
a) Lavatory waste receptacle is empty,
b) Associated lavatory door is
LOCKED, CLOSED and
placarded, “INOPERATIVE – DO
NOT ENTER”, and
c) Lavatory is used only by
crewmembers.
Maintenance will ensure
Lavatory Smoke Detector CB
is pulled and collared.
Flight crew will inspect
lavatory to ensure Lavatory
Waste Receptacle is empty
and Lavatory Door is
LOCKED, CLOSED. In
addition, flight crew will
ensure Lavatory is NOT used
for any purpose.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Lavatory Door
stating "Inoperative - Do Not
Enter" and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE 1: These provisos are not intended
to prohibit lavatory use or inspections by
crewmembers.
NOTE 2: Lavatory Smoke Detection
System is not required for all-cargo
operations.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
26.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
26-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FIRE PROTECTION
6. Lavatory Fire
*** Extinguisher
Systems
C


For each lavatory, the Lavatory Fire
Extinguisher System may be inoperative
provided Lavatory Smoke Detector system
is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Lavatory Door
stating "Inoperative - Do Not
Enter" and will be noted on
ADLS.
C


(M) (O) For each lavatory, the Lavatory
Fire Extinguisher System may be
inoperative provided:
a) Lavatory waste receptacle is empty,
b) Associated lavatory door is
LOCKED, CLOSED and
placarded, “INOPERATIVE – DO
NOT ENTER”, and
c) Lavatory is used only by
crewmembers.
Maintenance will verify
Lavatory Waste Receptacle is
empty.
Flight crew will inspect
lavatory to ensure Lavatory
Waste Receptacle is empty
and Lavatory Door is
LOCKED, CLOSED. In
addition, flight crew will
ensure Lavatory is NOT used
for any purpose.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Lavatory Door
stating "Inoperative - Do Not
Enter" and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE 1: These provisos are not intended
to prohibit lavatory use or inspections by
crewmembers.
NOTE 2: Lavatory Fire Extinguisher
System is not required for all-cargo
operations.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
26-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
26.
FIRE PROTECTION
7.
***
Galley Smoke
Detection Systems
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Galley Smoke
Detector and will be noted on
ADLS.
8.
***
Galley Fire
Extinguishing
Systems
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Galley Fire
Extinguisher and will be
noted on ADLS.
Engine Fire
Detection Systems
C
2
1
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard is
placed next to either Red A or
B Switch/Light and will be
noted on ADLS.
Flame Detectors
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be viewed by
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
9.
10.
***
Except for ER operations, one complete
loop (A or B) may be inoperative provided
the Fault Switch/Light is pressed to isolate
the faulty loop and illuminate the OFF
portion of the switch light.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
26-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
26.
FIRE PROTECTION
11.
***
Under Floor Overheat
Warning Systems
D

0
12.
APU Fire
Extinguishing
System
C


MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be viewed by
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) APU is not operated,
b) Both Engine Alternators are
operative,
c) Both Converters are operative,
d) TRU is operative, and
e) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
Maintenance will pull and
collar APU CONT #1 and
CONT #2 circuit breaker.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to inoperative
APU Fire Warning Light and
on or next to APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
13.
***
Passenger Compartment
Closet Smoke Detector
D

0
May be inoperative provided door remains
OPEN for visual check from crew stations.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Passenger
Compartment Closet Door
and will be noted on ADLS.
14.
***
Entranceway Baggage
Compartment Smoke
Detector
D


May be inoperative provided doors remain
OPEN for visual check from crew stations.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Entranceway
Baggage Compartment Door
and will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
26.
FIRE PROTECTION
15.
***
Cargo Compartment Fire
Detection/Suppression
Systems
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
C

0
May be inoperative provided associated
cargo compartment remains empty.
NOTE 2: Class E cargo compartments
require only the installation of smoke or
fire detection systems (not suppression).
APU Fire Bottle
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
NOTE 1: Does not preclude the Carriage of
empty cargo containers, pallets, ballast, etc.
16.
***
MOP REV. NO.: 1
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
26-6
Deleted in Revision 1.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Associated
Cargo Compartment Door
and will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
27.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
27-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FLIGHT CONTROLS
1.
Flap/Stabilizer
Warning System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided
None required.
Flap/Stabilizer position indicator is
monitored to observe proper Flap/Stabilizer
position.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
2.
Rudder Limit Warning
Light System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided Single
Rudder Limit Warning Light System is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
3.
Single Rudder Limit
Warning Light System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided Rudder Limit
Warning Light System is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
4.
Automatic Ground
Spoiler System
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in accordance with AFM
Limitations
None required.
Flight crew will ensure
Ground Spoiler switch
remains "OFF" and aeroplane
is operated in accordance
with AFM Limitations.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Ground
Spoiler Arming Switch and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
27.
5.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
27-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FLIGHT CONTROLS
Electric Elevator
Trim System
6. Elevator Trim
*** Actuator Heater
System
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Electric Pitch Trim remains OFF,
and
b) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure
Electric Pitch Trim switch
remains "OFF" and aeroplane
is operated in accordance
with AFM Limitations,
(Maximum Operating Limit
Speed for Mach Trim
Inoperative).
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Pitch Trim
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
B
2
0
(M) May be inoperative provided
maintenance personnel pull and collar the
affected circuit breaker(s).
Maintenance will pull and
collar the affected circuit
breaker(s).
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Elevator
Trim Actuator Switch and
will be noted on ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Aileron
Trim Wheel and will be noted
on ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Control
Wheel Elevator Trim Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
7. Aileron Trim
*** Actuator Heater
C
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided
maintenance personnel pull and collar the
affected circuit breaker(s).
Maintenance will pull and
collar the affected circuit
breaker(s).
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
8.
Control Wheel Elevator
Trim Switches
C
2
1
May be inoperative provided pilot flying
has operative switch.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
27.
9.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
27-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FLIGHT CONTROLS
Stall Barrier Systems
A
2
1
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Angle of Attack indication is
available on both PFD’s,
b) Alternate procedures are
established and used,
c) Inoperative stall barrier system is
electrically disabled, and
d) Repairs are made within two (2)
flight days.
Maintenance will pull and
collar the circuit breaker for the
stall warning computer
associated with the failed
system.
Prior to dispatch, the flight
crew will discuss the dispatch
situation with the stall barrier
inoperative and crew
procedures in the event the
remaining operative stall
barrier fails. If the remaining
stall barrier fails, the
minimum speed shall be no
less than VREF (1.3 VS) for all
phases of flight. This
minimum speed shall be
cross-referenced to
normalized angle of attack of
0.59 as displayed on the PFD.
Weather conditions at the
departure and destination
airports shall be considered.
If there are known or forecast
windshear at the departure or
destination airport, the crew
shall consider delaying the
takeoff or approach and
landing until such conditions
cease to exist or consider
deviation to an alternate
airport in the approach and
landing case.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to the Stall
Barrier System and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
28.
FUEL
1.
Fuel Tank
Temperature
System
2.
Fuel Quantity Indicating
Systems
1) EICAS or Standby
(continued)
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
28-1
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Total Air Temperature is used as an
indication of fuel temperature, and
b) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
Flight crew will ensure Total
Air Temperature (TAT) is not
less than -40C for more than
one hour and aeroplane is
operated in accordance with
AFM, Limitations.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
2
1
(M) May be partially or completely
inoperative provided the associated
Standby Fuel Quantity Indicating System
or EICAS Fuel Quantity Indicating System
is operative.
Maintenance personnel will
ensure tanks are filled using
Standby Fuel Quantity
Indicating System or EICAS
Fuel Quantity Indicating
System.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
Flight crew will verify proper
fuel quantity for the trip.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
2
1
(M) (O) Except for ER operations, either
Left or Right Fuel Quantity Display may be
inoperative provided:
a) Both tanks are completely filled
using overwing refueling,
b) Both fuel flow meters are operative,
c) After takeoff, power is set by
matching fuel flow indications on
both engines, and
d) Flight crew maintains a log of fuel
burned.
Maintenance personnel will
ensure BOTH tanks are
completely filled using
overwing method of refueling.
AMM, Chapters 12-01-04.
NOTE: Do not pull Fuel Qty
circuit breaker as this disables
Fuel Level Low caution
message. Flight crew may
accomplish this task if properly
qualified and authorised.
(NOTES continued)
Flight crew will ensure
a) Both Fuel Flow
Indicating Systems are
operative.
b) After takeoff power is set
by matching Fuel Flow
indications on both
engines.
c) A log of fuel burned is
maintained.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(NOTES continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
28.
FUEL
2.
Fuel Quantity Indicating
Systems (cont’d)
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
2
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
1
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
NOTE: Do not pull Fuel Qty
circuit breaker as this disables
Fuel Level Low caution
message.
NOTE: Total fuel indication
will be incorrect with an
inoperative indicator.
Maintenance will Defuel
affected tank before each
refueling and refuel tank with a
Known quantity of fuel.
Flight crew will ensure
a) Both Fuel Flow
Indicating Systems are
operative.
b) After takeoff, power is set
by matching Fuel Flow
indications on both
engines.
c) A log of fuel burned is
maintained.
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
1) EICAS or Standby
(cont’d)
C
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
28-2
(M) (O) Except for ER operations, either
Left or Right Fuel Quantity display may be
inoperative provided:
a) Affected tank is defueled before
each refueling,
b) Affected tank is fueled with a
known quantity of fuel,
c) Both fuel flow meters are
operative,
d) After takeoff, power is set by
matching fuel flow indications on
both engines, and
e) Flight crew maintains a log of fuel
burned.
NOTE: Total fuel indication will be
incorrect with an inoperative indicator.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
28.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
28-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FUEL
3.
Fuel Low Quantity
Warning Systems
(EICAS - Message)
(Standby Indicator
Lights)
C
2
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Both Fuel Quantity Indicating
System are operative,
b) All Fuel Boost Pumps are
operative, and
c) Fuel Crossflow Valve is OPENED
when either wing tank contains
2,000 pounds or less fuel.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) BOTH Fuel Quantity
Indicating Systems and
all Fuel Boost Pumps are
operative. AFM, Normal
Procedures.
b) Fuel Crossflow Valve is
OPENED when either
wing tank contains 2,000
pounds or less.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to affected
Standby Fuel Low Quantity
Warning Light and will be
noted on ADLS.
4.
Fuel Boost Pumps
C
4
3
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Fuel Crossflow Valve is operative,
b) Fuel Intertank Valve is operative,
c) Both Fuel Low Quantity Warning
Systems are operative, and
d) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Fuel Crossflow Valve and
Intertank Valve are
operative. AFM, Normal
Procedures.
b) BOTH Fuel Quantity
Low Warning Systems
are operative. AFM,
Normal Procedures.
c) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM,
Abnormal Procedures,
(Fuel Boost Pump
Failure).
d) Pump switch is selected
OFF.
e) Comply with limitations
in AFM, 1-28-10. The
limitation in AFM, 1-2820 does not apply to this
item.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Fuel
Boost Pump Switch and will
be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
28.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
28-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FUEL
5.
Fuel Intertank
Valve
C
1
0
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) All Fuel Boost Pumps are
operative,
b) Fuel Crossflow Valve is operative,
c) Fuel Quantity Indicating System is
operative, and
d) Intertank Valve is verified
CLOSED and electrically
deactivated.
Maintenance will deactivate
the intertank valve by pulling
and collaring appropriate Fuel
Intertank circuit breaker.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Intertank Valve
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
6.
Fuel Boost Pump
Warning Systems
C
4
3
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Fuel Crossflow Valve is operative,
b) Fuel Intertank Valve is operative,
and
c) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure Fuel
Crossflow Valve and Fuel
Intertank Valve are operative.
Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM,
Normal Procedures and
Abnormal Procedures.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
7.
Fuel Boost Pump
Circuit Breaker
Indicator Lights
C
4
3
May be inoperative provided associated
Fuel Boost Pump Warning Light is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Boost
Pump Circuit Breaker
Indicator Light and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
28.
8.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
28-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Fuel Intertank Valve,
ALL Fuel Boost Pumps,
BOTH Fuel Quantity
Indicating System are
operative AFM, Normal
Procedures.
b) When either wing tank
contains 2,000 pounds or
less fuel, Fuel Intertank
Valve will be OPENED.
a) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM
Limitations.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Fuel Crossflow
Valve Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FUEL
Fuel Crossflow
Valve
1) Failed CLOSED
C
1
0
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) All Fuel Boost Pumps are
operative,
b) Fuel Intertank Valve is operative,
c) Fuel Quantity Indicating System is
operative,
d) Fuel Intertank Valve is OPENED
when either wing tank contains
2,000 pounds or less fuel, and
e) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
NOTE: Avoid uncoordinated maneuvers
when Fuel Intertank Valve is OPEN.
(continued)
None required.
NOTE: Flight crew will avoid
uncoordinated maneuvers
when Intertank Valve is
OPEN.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
28.
8.
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Fuel Intertank Valve,
ALL Fuel Boost Pumps,
and Fuel Quantity
Indicating System is
operative.
b) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM
Limitations, (Permissible
Fuel Unbalance).
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Fuel Crossflow
Valve Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
FUEL
Fuel Crossflow
Valve (cont’d)
2)
Failed OPEN
C
1
0
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) All Fuel Boost Pumps are
operative,
b) Fuel Intertank Valve is operative,
c) Fuel Quantity Indicating System is
operative, and
d) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
None required.
NOTE: Avoid uncoordinated maneuvers
when Fuel Intertank Valve is OPEN.
9.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
28-6
Pressure Fueling
System (Single Point
Refueling)
D
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided
procedures are established to deactivate
Pressure Fueling System.
NOTE: Flight crew will avoid
uncoordinated maneuvers
when Intertank Valve is
OPEN.
Maintenance will ensure
Pressure Fueling System is
deactivated by manually
closing Fuel Pre-check Valves.
AMM, Chapter 28-04-00.
Fueling Shutoff circuit
breakers shall be pulled and
collared. Aeroplane shall be
refueled using overwing filler
ports.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Pressure
Refueling Port and between
Left and Right Remote
Fueling Shutoff Switches and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
28-7
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
28.
FUEL
10.
Fuel Cap Chains
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
11.
Single Point
Refueling Cap
C
1
0
May be inoperative or missing provided the None required.
single point refueling receptacle is checked
for leaks before every takeoff.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
29.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
29-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
HYDRAULIC POWER
1.
Brake Accumulator
Pressure Gauge
(Nose Wheel Well)
D
1
0
2.
Auxiliary Hydraulic
Pressure Indication
C
1
0
3.
Utility Hydraulic
Pressure Indication
C
1
0
4.
Combined Hydraulic
System Accumulator
Pressure Gauge
(Fuselage)
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Brake
Accumulator Pressure Gauge
and will be noted on ADLS.
May be inoperative provided Brake
Accumulator Pressure Gauge is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure
Gauge and will be noted on
ADLS.
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Combined Hydraulic Pressure
Indication is operative,
b) Utility Hydraulic system is
operative, and
c) Before left engine start, Stall
Barrier Test is performed in
accordance with AFM procedure.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure
Combined Hydraulic Pressure
Gauge is operative and Utility
Hydraulic Pressure is verified
by performing a successful
stall barrier test with only
right engine operating.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Utility
Hydraulic Pressure Gauge
and will be noted on ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
Combined Hydraulic System
Accumulator Pressure Gauge
and will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
29.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
29-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
HYDRAULIC POWER
5.
Flight Hydraulic
System Accumulator
Pressure Gauge
(Fuselage)
D
1
0
6.
Combined Hydraulic
System Quantity
Gauge (Fuselage)
C
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided quantity
is checked by reservoir sight gauge before
each departure.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Flight
Hydraulic System
Accumulator Pressure Gauge
and will be noted on ADLS.
Maintenance will ensure
hydraulic quantity level is
checked on Combined
Hydraulic System Reservoir
Sight Gauge prior to EACH
flight. AMM, Chapter 12-0105.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Combined
Hydraulic System Quantity
Gauge and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Flight Hydraulic
System Quantity Gauge and
will be noted on ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
7.
Flight Hydraulic
System Quantity
Gauge (Fuselage)
C
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided quantity
is checked by reservoir sight gauge before
each departure.
Maintenance will ensure
hydraulic quantity level is
checked on Flight Hydraulic
System Reservoir Sight Gauge
prior to EACH flight. AMM,
Chapter 12-01-05.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
29.
8.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
29-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
HYDRAULIC POWER
Combined Hydraulic
System Quantity
Indication (EICAS)
C
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided
Combined System quantity is checked at
either the aft compartment reservoir sight
gauge or the aft fuselage mounted gauge.
Maintenance will ensure
hydraulic quantity level is
checked by Reservoir Sight
Gauge or aft fuselage mounted
Combined Hydraulic Quantity
Gauge prior to EACH flight.
AMM, Chapter 12-01-05.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
9.
Flight Hydraulic
System Quantity
Indication (EICAS)
C
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided Flight
System quantity is checked at either the aft
compartment reservoir sight gauge or the
aft fuselage mounted gauge.
Maintenance will ensure
hydraulic quantity level is
checked by Reservoir Sight
Gauge or aft fuselage mounted
Flight Hydraulic Quantity
Gauge prior to EACH flight.
AMM, Chapter 12-01-05.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
29.
HYDRAULIC POWER
10.
Hydraulic Reservoir
Replenishing System
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
D
1
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
29-4
0
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(M) May be inoperative provided hydraulic
reservoirs are replenished as needed using
approved servicing techniques.
Aeroplane may continue in
service provided maintenance
personnel replenish the
hydraulic reservoirs as needed
using approved servicing
techniques which include the
use of a hydraulic servicing
cart.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
30-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
30. ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
1.
Cowl Anti-Ice
Pressure Indicators
B
2
0
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided SAT is greater than
+10 degrees C for entire flight.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Cowl
Anti-Ice Pressure Gauge and
will be noted on ADLS.
B
2
0
Except for ER operations, may be
None required.
inoperative provided:
a) Aeroplane is operated in VMC, and
b) Aeroplane is not operated in visible
moisture.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Cowl
Anti-Ice Pressure Gauge and
will be noted on ADLS
B
2
0
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided both EICAS Cowl
Anti-Ice Indications are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Cowl
Anti-Ice Pressure Gauge and
will be noted on ADLS
2.
Wing Anti-Ice
Systems
C
2
0
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided aeroplane is not
operated in known or forecast icing
conditions.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Wing
Anti-Ice Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
3.
Windshield Heat
Systems
C
2
1
(O) Except for ER operations, one may be
inoperative provided:
a) Aeroplane is not operated in
known or forecast icing conditions,
and
b) Both side window heat systems are
operative.
None required.
Flight crew will perform a
pre-flight check of the side
window heating system.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
1) Windshield Heat
Sensors
D
4
2
One sensor may be inoperative for each
Windshield Heat System.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
30-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
30. ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
4.
5.
6.
Side Window Heat
Systems
C
2
1
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
not operated in known or forecast icing
conditions.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Windshield
Heat Switch indicating
window, which is not heated
and will be noted on ADLS.
1)
Side Window
Heat Sensors
D
4
2
One Side Window Heat Sensor may be
inoperative for each Side Window Heating
System.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Windshield
Heat Switch indicating
window which is not heated
and will be noted on ADLS
Windshield Wiper
Systems
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided there is no
precipitation falling on the departure and
arrival airport at the time of takeoff and
landing.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Windshield
Wiper Switch indicating
affected wiper position and
will be noted on ADLS.
Pitot Heat Switch
Light System
B
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided all
other elements of the pitot heat indicating
system are checked operative.
Maintenance will ensure all
other elements of Pitot Heat
Indicating System are
operative. AMM, Chapter 3003-00.
Flight crew will ensure all
other elements of Pitot Heat
Indicating System are
functioning normally, i.e.
when pitot heat is selected
ON, appropriate EICAS fail
message extinguishes.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to Pitot
Heat Switch and will be noted
on ADLS.
1
0
NOTE: While it has been
determined that no
maintenance procedures are
required, it is recommended
that the circuit breaker for the
affected wiper be pulled and
collared.
 Left wiper: CP J-11
 Right wiper: CP K-11
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
30-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
30. ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
7.
Pitot Heaters
B
3
2
Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided aeroplane is not
operated in visible moisture or known or
forecast icing conditions.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Pitot Heat
System Switch indicating
affected pitot heat system and
will be noted on ADLS.
8. Ice Detection
*** System
D
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in accordance with alternate
AFM procedures.
None required.
Flight Crew shall ensure:
a) Cowl Anti-Ice is selected
ON manually any time
visible moisture is present
and the SAT is +10ºC or
less.
b) Wing Anti-Ice is selected
ON manually if icing
conditions are imminent
or immediately upon
detection of ice formation
on the wings, winglets or
windshield edges.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Ice Detection
System Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
30-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
30. ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
9.
Cowl Anti-Ice
Systems
C
2
0
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Affected Valve(s) is verified
CLOSED,
b) The switch for the affected valve(s)
is selected to the OFF position, and
c) Aeroplane is not operated in known
or forecast icing conditions.
Maintenance will ensure:
None required.
a) Affected Cowl Anti-Ice
Valve is secured CLOSED,
b) The switch for the affected
valve(s) is selected to the
OFF position, and
c) Affected COWL ANTIICE circuit breaker is
pulled and collared. AMM,
Chapter 30-02-00.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Cowl Anti-Ice
Switch indicating valve
position and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
2
1
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Affected Valve is secured OPEN,
b) All components of both HP Bleed
Air Systems are operative,
c) Both Environmental Control
Systems (ECS) Packs are operative,
d) Performance Computer is
initialized with COWL ANTI-ICE
selected ON for either takeoff or
landing when COWL ANTI-ICE
valve is pressurised, and
e) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations
and Performance.
Maintenance will ensure:
a) BOTH HP Bleed Air
Systems and BOTH
Environmental Control
Systems (ECS) Packs are
operative, and
b) Affected Cowl Anti-Ice
Valve is secured
OPENED. AMM, Chapter
30-02-00.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Cowl Anti-Ice
Switch indicating valve
position and will be noted on
ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
30-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
30. ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
10.
Cowl Low Pressure
Indication Systems
C
2
0
(O) May be inoperative provided Cowl
Anti-Ice Pressure Indicators are operative.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure Cowl
Anti-Ice Pressure Gauges are
operative and are monitored
ensuring sufficient pressure (4
psi minimum) for effective
cowl anti-icing.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
11.
***
Cabin Window
Heat System
D
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Cabin Window Heat switch is
selected OFF, and
b) Cabin Window Heat System circuit
breakers are pulled and collared.
Maintenance will comply with
provisos in remarks column.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
May be inoperative for day VMC only,
provided the aeroplane is not conducted at
any time in known or forecast icing
conditions.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
12.
Angle of Attack
(AOA) Probe Heaters
B
2
1
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
31. INDICATING/RECORDING
SYSTEM
1. Clocks
D
2. Flight Data Recorder
*** (FDR) System
(continued)
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
31-1

1
D


A

0
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected clock
face and will be noted on
ADLS.
Any in excess of those required may be
inoperative provided that the FDR
parameters are not required for monitoring
purpose.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on FDR Control
Panel and will be noted on
ADLS.
May be inoperative provided:
a) The aeroplane does not exceed 8
further consecutive flights with the
flight data recorder inoperative,
b) A maximum of 72 hours have
elapsed since the flight data
recorder was found to be
inoperable, and
c) Any cockpit voice recorder
required to be carried is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on FDR Control
Panel and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE 1: This alleviation is not applicable
to combined CVR/FDR. For those
combined systems, see the entries for
combination recorders.
(NOTES continued on next page)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
31-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
31. INDICATING/RECORDING
SYSTEM
2. Flight Data Recorder
*** (FDR) System (cont’d)
Flight Data Recorder
A
(FDR) Required Parameters

0
NOTE 2:The Flight data recorder is
considered to be inoperative when any of
the following conditions exist:
a) Loss of the flight recording
function is evident to the flight
crew during the pre-flight check
e.g. by means of a system status
monitor,
b) The need for maintenance had been
identified by the system monitors,
where available, and the failure
origin has not been identified, or
c) Analyses of recorded data or
maintenance actions have shown
that more than 5% of the total
number of individual parameters
(variable and discrete), required to
be recorded for the particular
aeroplane, are not being recorded
properly.
NOTE 3: Where improper recording affects
5% of the parameters or less, timely
corrective action will need to be taken by
the aeroplane operator in accordance with
approved maintenance procedures.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on FDR Control
Panel and will be noted on
ADLS.
Up to 5% of the required parameters may
be inoperative for a maximum of 90
calendar days or until the next maintenance
inspections, which occurs first.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on FDR Control
Panel and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
31. INDICATING/RECORDING
SYSTEM
3. Brake Temperature
C
*** Monitoring System
(BTMS)
1
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
31-3
0
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
operated in accordance with AFM
Appendix on Brake Kinetic Energy and
Carbon Brake Cooling.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on BTMS Monitor
Panel or in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: This item includes the BTMS
displayed either on the dedicated display in
the pedestal or on the brakes synoptic page.
4. G Monitor System
***
D
1
0
5.
C
2
1
D
1
0
Electronic Checklists
6. Security System
***
May be inoperative provided:
a) Checklist module in Fault Warning
Computer (FWC) 1 is operative,
and
b) AFM or QRH is available in the
cockpit for use by both pilots in
flight.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
31. INDICATING/RECORDING
SYSTEM
7. Radio Rack Fan AUTO
D
Indication System
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
31-4
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Fan operation is confirmed when
the main door is OPEN, and
b) Fan ceases operation when main
door is CLOSED.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
May be inoperative provided manual
operation is verified before departure.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
8.
Radio Rack Fan
MANUAL Indication
System
D
1
0
9.
Data Acquisition
Unit (DAU) Channels
B
4
3
10.
Plastic Guard Switch
Covers
C

1
May be inoperative provided APU fire
bottle switch cover is installed and
operative.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
5.
3.
12.
***
Quick Access Recorder
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
31. INDICATING/RECORDING
SYSTEM
11. Glareshield AOA
D
*** Indexers
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
31-5
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
2
0
May be inoperative provided AOA
indicator on the respective PFD is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
1
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative for Flight Data
Monitoring (FDM) purposes provided
approved alternate procedures, if
appropriate to other programs, using
associated data are established and used.
Maintenance will pull and
collar the QAR circuit breaker.
Flight crew will use the Event
Button any time an unusual
occurrence is encountered so
the FDR can be downloaded
for use on the flight data
monitoring program.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
D
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided
procedures do not require its use.
Maintenance will pull and
collar the QAR circuit breaker.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
13.
***
InfraRed Counter Measure
System (IRCM)
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
14.
***
XM Weather Receiver
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
32-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
32. LANDING GEAR
1.
Anti-Skid System
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in accordance with AFM
Limitations.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Anti-Skid Switch is
selected "OFF".
b) AFM performance
penalties are applied to
take-off and landing
distances. AFM,
Performance.
c) Anti-Skid Off Braking
Procedures and AFM.
Limitations are
followed.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Anti-Skid
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
2.
Nosewheel Steering
Accessory Hardware
(Torque Link Lanyards)
D

0
May be inoperative or missing.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
32-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Flight crew will install all
three landing gear ground
lock pins and ensure that the
pin’s flags are removed prior
to every takeoff.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
32. LANDING GEAR
3.
Blow Down Bottle
A
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Aeroplane is operated with the
landing gear in the extended
position,
b) Landing gear handle remains in the
down position,
c) Operations are not conducted in
known or forecast icing conditions,
d) Ground lock pins are installed to
ensure that all three (3) Landing
gears are locked down throughout
flight,
e) Both pilots use cockpit headsets,
f) Extended over water operations are
prohibited,
g) Flight is conducted in accordance
with AFM Supplement No. GIV2009-01,
h) Category II operations are
prohibited,
i) EFVS operations below 200 feet
above touchdown zone elevation
are prohibited, and
j) Repairs are made within one (1)
flight day.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
1.
Cockpit/Flight Deck/
Flight Compartment
and Instrument Lighting
Systems
C


Individual lights may be inoperative
provided remaining Lighting System lights
are:
a) Sufficient to clearly illuminate all
required instruments, controls and
other devices for which it is
provided,
b) Positioned so that direct rays are
shielded from flight crewmembers
eyes,
c) Lighting configuration and
intensity is acceptable to the flight
crew, and
d) Emergency flight deck lighting is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above affected
Lighting Rheostat and will be
noted on ADLS.
2.
Passenger Cabin
Interior Illumination
Systems
D


May be inoperative provided:
a) Cabin emergency lighting is
operative,
b) Sufficient lighting is operative for
crew to perform required duties,
and
c) Lighting configuration at dispatch
is acceptable to the flight crew.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Cabin
Interior Light Switch and will
be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
3.
Passenger Lighted
Information Signs
C


(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated passenger seat or
lavatory is not occupied from
which a passenger lighted
information sign is not readily
legible, and
b) Associated seat or lavatory is
blocked and placarded - DO NOT
OCCUPY.
Maintenance will ensure:
a) Associated passenger seat
or lavatory is not
occupied, and
b) Associated seat or
lavatory is blocked and
placarded “DO NOT
OCCUPY.”
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on associated seat
or lavatory stating “DO NOT
OCCUPY” and will be noted
on ADLS.
NOTE: These provisos are not intended to
prohibit lavatory use or inspections by
crewmembers.
1)
All Cargo
Supernumerary/
Courier Area Lighted
Information Signs
(continued)
C


(O) May be inoperative and associated
passenger seat or lavatory may be occupied
provided alternate procedures are
established and used to notify passengers
and cabin crew when the associated sign(s)
is placed ON or OFF.
None required.
Flight crew will use the PA
to announce when the no
smoking and seat belt signs
are on.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on inoperative PA
System and will be noted on
ADLS.
C


(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used to
notify couriers/supernumeraries when
associated sign(s) are placed ON or OFF.
None required.
Flight crew will use the PA
to announce when the no
smoking and seat belt signs
are on
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to notify courier/
supernumerary when
associated sign(s) are placed
ON or OFF and will be noted
on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
An Inoperative placard will
be placed on inoperative
Passenger Lighted
Information Signs and will be
noted on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
3.
Passenger Lighted
Information Signs
(cont’d)
2)
4.
Passenger Lighted
Information Signs
Position Light
Bulbs
C


(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used to
notify cabin occupants.
None required.
Flight crew will use personto-person voice
communication to tell
passengers when the seat belt
and no smoking signs are on.
C
6
3
May be inoperative provided one light bulb
is operative at each position.
None required.
None required.
C
6
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
not operated at night.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Navigation
Light Switch if more than one
light bulb is inoperative at
any one position and will be
noted on ADLS.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Navigation
Light Switch if more than one
light bulb is inoperative at
any one position and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
5.
Beacons
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
not operated at night.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Beacon Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided strobes (AntiCollision Lights) are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Beacon Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Strobe Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: If the red anti-collision light is
inoperative, alternative procedures must be
developed and used when the aeroplane is
on the ground with the engine(s) running.
6.
Strobes (AntiCollision Lights)
B

2
B

0
May be inoperative provided the aeroplane
is not operated at night.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Strobe Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
B

0
May be inoperative provided both Beacons
are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Strobe Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
7.
8.
9.
Wing Inspection
Lights
D
2
0
One or more may be inoperative for
daylight operations.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Wing Inspection
Light Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
B
2
0
(O) One or more may be inoperative for
night operations provided alternate means
is operative and used to illuminate ice
accretion on another outside surface visible
from flight deck.
None required.
Flight crew will use a torch to
illuminate the wing leading
edges through a cabin
window.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Wing Inspection
Light Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
B
2
1
May be inoperative provided all three bulbs None required.
of the taxi light are operative.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Landing
Light Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
not operated at night.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Landing
Light Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
Taxi Light System
C
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Taxi Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
1)
C
3
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Taxi Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
Landing Lights
Individual Light
Bulbs
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-6
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
10.
***
11.
***
Floor Proximity
Emergency Escape
Path Marking System
Lights
1) Individual Lights /
Strips
C
B


Pulselight Systems
(Identification Lights)
D

0
Lights / strips may be inoperative provided: None required.
a) All lights / strips marking right
angle intersection, including cross
aisles and overwing exits, are
operative,
b) Along each aisle axis, all lights /
strips within one meter of lights /
strips marking right angle
intersections are operative, and
c) Along each aisle axis, for a
particular lights / strips
configuration, specific lights /
strips are operative as agreed by the
Authority.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on affected
Pulselight System Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-7
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
12.
***
Recognition Lights
System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on affected
Recognition Light Switch and
will be noted on ADLS.
13.
***
Logo Lights
System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on affected Logo
Light Switch and will be
noted on ADLS.
14.
***
Ramp Lights
System
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on affected
Ramp Light Switch and will
be noted on ADLS.
15.
***
Torch
Charging Systems
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
16.
Aft Compartment
Lights (Boiler Room)
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Aft
Compartment Light Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-8
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
17.
***
Cargo Compartment
Light
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided no emergency
equipment is carried in Cargo
Compartment.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Cargo
Compartment Light Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided an operative
Torch is installed in Cargo Compartment.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Cargo
Compartment Light Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
18.
***
Pylon Mounted
Exterior Baggage
Loading Light System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed on affected
Baggage Loading Light
Switch will be noted on
ADLS.
19.
Wheel Well Lights
D
3
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
20.
Exterior Emergency
Evacuation Lighting
System
B
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
operated during daylight only.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-9
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
21.
Standby Warning Lights
Panel (for SPZ 8000
Equipped Aeroplanes)
C
1
0
(O) Any individual warning lights may be
inoperative provided their associated
messages on EICAS are operative.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure
BOTH Master Warning
Capsules and BOTH Fault
Warning Computers are
operative.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Individual
Warning Light or covering
entire Standby Warning
Lights Panel and will be
noted on ADLS.
NOTE: Any light capsule on
SWLP or entire SWLP may
be inoperative.
22.
***
Service Door
Lights
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
23.
***
Retractable
Approach Lights
D
2
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Light
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
24.
Airstair Lights
D

0
May be inoperative provided an alternate
means (e.g. torch) is used to illuminate the
airstairs.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
25.
Dome Lights
D

0
May be inoperative provided an alternate
means (e.g. torch) is used to illuminate the
vestibule area.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-10
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
26.
Dim and Test
Annunciator
Channels
C


May be inoperative provided the switch
None required.
capsule is not used in an emergency
procedure where the actuation of the switch
is not displayed elsewhere in the cockpit.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: The following switches 1-4 may
not be inoperative:
1. GPWS / Ground Spoiler Override
2. Terrain Inhibit
3. CPCS Panel Flight/Landing (2)
4. Door Safety
27.
28.
Baggage Compartment
Light
Cockpit Torches
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided no emergency None required.
equipment is carried in baggage
compartment.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Baggage
Compartment Light Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided an operative
torch is installed in baggage compartment.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Baggage
Compartment Light Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
C

2
One or more may be inoperative provided
each required crewmember assigned to
affected position has operative torch.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed next to Cockpit
Torch and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
33-11
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
33. LIGHTS
29.
***
30.
***
Wing Tip Position Light
LED Element Banks
Tail Position Light
LED Element Banks
C
4
2
One may be inoperative per wing tip
position.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
4
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
not operated at night.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
2
1
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
2
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
not operated at night.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
1.
Directional Compass
Reference System
B

2
(O) May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Both PFD Heading Indicating
Systems operate independently,
b) If number one (1) or two (2)
System is failed, flight time with
one (1) engine inoperative must not
exceed one (1) hour cruise from a
suitable airport, and
c) One (1) Standby Magnetic
Compasses System (Flux Valve or
Magnetometer) is operative.
Flight crew will ensure that
the same IRS/AHRS is NOT
used as the heading source for
both pilots for dispatch.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Mode Select
Unit (MSU) and will be noted
on ADLS.
2.
Attitude Reference
Sensors
B

2
(O) May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Both PFD Attitude Indicating
System operate independently,
b) Standby Attitude Indicator is
operative, and
c) If number one (1) or two (2)
System is failed, flight time with
one (1) engine inoperative must not
exceed one (1) hour cruise from a
suitable airport.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Same IRS/AHRS is
NOT used as attitude
source for both pilots
for dispatch, and
b) If system 1 or 2 is
inoperative, the flight
time to an alternate
must be within 1 hour
at single engine cruise.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Mode Select
Unit (MSU) and will be noted
on ADLS.
1) IRU Cooling Fans
B

2
(O) May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Both PFD Attitude Indicating
System operate independently,
b) Standby Attitude Indicator is
operative, and
c) If number one (1) or two (2)
System is failed, flight time with
one (1) engine inoperative must not
exceed one (1) hour cruise from a
suitable airport.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Same IRS/AHRS is
NOT used as attitude
source for both pilots,
and
b) If system 1 or 2 is
inoperative, the flight
time to an alternate
must be within 1 hour
at single engine cruise.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Mode Select
Unit (MSU) and will be noted
on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
3.
Standby Flight
Displays
*** 1) Standby Attitude
Indicator
(ElectroMechanical
Gyro Horizon)
B

0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Operations are conducted in Day
VMC only, and
b) Operations are not conducted into
known or forecast VRF-on-TOP
conditions.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Standby
Attitude Indicator and will be
noted on ADLS.
***
a) Glideslope/
Localizer
Indicator
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
operated in Day VMC only.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Glideslope/
Localizer Indicator and will
be noted on ADLS.
***
2) Standby Altimeter /
Airspeed Indicator
(combined unit)
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
operated in Day VMC only.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will be
placed on Indicator and will be
noted on ADLS.
3) Standby Altimeter
(stand alone)
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
operated in Day VMC only.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Indicator and
will be noted on ADLS.
4) Standby Airspeed
Indicator
(stand alone)
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
operated in Day VMC only.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Indicator and
will be noted on ADLS.
***
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
3.
Standby Flight
Displays (cont’d)
5) Secondary Flight
C
Display (3-in-1 Color
Video Standby Attitude,
Altitude, Airspeed
Indicator (SFDS)
1
0
Except for ER operations, the Attitude
Position Indicator may be inoperative
provided it is not required by Operating
Requirements.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
a) Standby Air Data
Unit
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
operated in Day VMC only.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
b) Standby Heading
Display
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided all installed
Heading Reference Systems are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
c) DME Function
C
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
d) FMS Navigation
Function
C
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
e) Glideslope /
Localizer Function
C
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
4.
Weather Radar Systems
C


Except for ER operations, one or more
None required.
system(s) may be inoperative provided the
weather reports or forecasts available to the
commander indicate that cumulonimbus
clouds or other potentially hazardous
weather conditions, which could be
detected by the system(s) when in working
order, are unlikely to be encountered on the
intended route or any planned diversion
therefrom.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
5.
Marker Beacon
Systems
B

0
One or more may be inoperative for IFR
operations, provided approach procedures
do not require marker fixes.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above affected
Marker Beacon Indicator and
will be noted on ADLS.
D

0
One or more may be inoperative for VFR
operations.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above affected
Marker Beacon Indicator and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
6.
SSR Transponder
1) Mode A/C Functions
C


Any in excess of those required for the
route to be flown may be inoperative.
A

0
(O) May be inoperative for a maximum of
None required.
5 flights provided:
a) Permission is obtained from the Air
Navigation Service Provider(s)
along the route or any planned
diversion, and
b) Flight is conducted over VFR over
routes navigated by reference to
visual landmarks.
NOTE: Mode C function is required to be
operative for RVSM operations.
(continued)
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
Transponder Control Head
and will be noted on ADLS.
Flight crew will coordinate
with the appropriate ANSP
for permission to fly with
inoperative Mode A or C.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
Transponder Control Head
and will be noted on ADLS.
Flight crew will conduct the
flight under VFR conditions
over routes navigated by
reference to visual landmarks
to prevent getting lost.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-6
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
6.
SSR Transponder (cont’d)
2) Mode S Function
D

0
Any in excess of those required for the
intended route may be inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: A SSR Transponder with an
operative Mode S function is defined as a
transponder which can provide at least
elementary Surveillance capability.
C

0
One or more may be inoperative provided
permission is obtained from the Air
Navigation Service Provider(s) when
required for the intended route.
NOTE 1: A SSR Transponder with an
operative Mode S function is defined as a
transponder which can provide at least
elementary Surveillance capability.
NOTE 2: Altitude reporting, provided by
an SSR transponder Mode S function, is
required for ACAS II operation.
NOTE 3: Altitude reporting, provided by
an SSR transponder Mode S function, is
required for flight into RVSM airspace.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-7
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
6.
***
***
SSR Transponder (cont’d)
3) Enhanced Surveillance
Functions
4) Extended Squitter
(ADS-B Out)
Transmissions
D

0
One or more Downlink Aircraft Parameters
(DAPs), which provide Enhanced
Surveillance, may be inoperative when not
required for the intended route.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C

0
One or more Downlink Aircraft Parameters
(DAPs), which provide Enhanced
Surveillance, may be inoperative when not
required for the intended route.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
D

0
One or more extended squitter
transmissions may be inoperative when not
required for the intended route.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C

0
One or more extended squitter
transmissions may be inoperative when
required for the intended route.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-8
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
7.
***
Digital Bearing
Distance Indicators
(DBDI) (SN 1212
and subs)
(Electromechanical
or Electronic Standby
Navigation Display,
if installed)
C

0
May be inoperative provided all installed
IRSs are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected DBDI
and will be noted on ADLS.
***
Dual Digital Radio
Magnetic Indicator
(DDRMI) (SN 1000 –
1211) (Electromechanical
Or Electronic Standby
Navigation Display, if
installed)
C

0
May be inoperative provided all installed
IRSs are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected DBDI
and will be noted on ADLS.
1) DME Displays
C

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-9
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
8.
Radio Altimeter
Systems
9.
Navigation Systems
(based on VOR, DME, ADF,
GNSSU, INS)
C

0
May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Landing weather minimums or
operating procedures do not require
its use, and
b) Other systems affected (E/GPWS,
TCAS, Flight Director, Autopilot,
Autothrottle, Altimeter Ground
Awareness Display) are considered.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Radio
Altimeter Control Head and
will noted on ADLS.
D

0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Operatons are conducted under
VFR, and
b) Applicable airspace requirements
are complied with.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
Instrument Controller and
will be noted on ADLS.
C


(O) One or more may be inoperative
provided:
a) The navigation systems required
for each segment of the intended
route are operative, and
b) Alternate procedures are
established and used, where
applicable.
None required.
Flight crew shall use all
available resources to
navigate the aeroplane.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected
Instrument Controller and
will be noted on ADLS.
NOTE: The intended route corresponds to
any point on the route including diversion
to reach alternate aerodromes required to
be selected by the operational rules.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-10
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
10.
Terrain Awareness and
Warning System (TAWS)
A

0
May be inoperative for a maximum of six
(6) flights or 2 calendar days, whichever
occurs first.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C

0
Any in excess of those required may be
inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
1)
Modes 1 to 4
B

0
One or more modes may be inoperative
provided FLTA and PDA functions are
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
2)
Test Mode
A

0
May be inoperative for a maximum of six
(6) flights or 2 calendar days, whichever
occurs first.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
3)
Glideslope Deviation
(Mode 5)
B

0
May be inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C

0
May be inoperative for day VMC only.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-11
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
10.
***
TAWS (cont’d)
4)
Terrain System B
Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
(FLTA) and Premature
Descent Alert (PDA)
Functions

0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Modes 1-4 are operative, and
b) Approach procedures do not
require its use.
5)
Advisory Callouts

0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Low visibility approaches requiring
the use of affected callouts are not
performed, and
b) Alternate procedures are
established and used.
C
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Pilot Monitoring (PM) will
monitor flight progress with
reference to radio altimeter
data and situational awareness
and advise Pilot-Flying (PF)
of adverse situations.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: Check Flight Manual Limitations
for approach minimums.
***
6)
***
Windshear Mode
a) Predictive
C

0
May be inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
b) Reactive
C

0
(O) May be inoperative provided alteranate
procedures are established and used.
None required.
Flight crew will comply with
AFM/AOM guidance in
windshear situations and
recommend procedures when
encountering windshear.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-12
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
10.
TAWS (cont’d)
***
7)
Runway Awareness
and Advisory System
(RAAS)
C
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
8)
Terrain Displays
C

1
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
B

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Display Unit and will
be noted on ADLS.
11.
***
Inertial Sensor
Display Unit (ISDU)
May be inoperative provided at least one
Flight Management System is operative.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-13
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
12.
Flight Management
Systems (CDU & Nav
Computer Only)
B

0
Except where en route operations or
approach minimums require its use, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Affected system is not required for
IRS alignment,
b) Long Range Navigation is not
dependent on its use,
c) Procedures do not require its use,
and
d) Both RTU’s must be operative.
NOTE: Two (2) systems are required for
dispatch into MNPS or RNP-10 airspace.
One system is required in PRNAV,
BRNAV, RNAV 1 and RNAV 2 airspace.
(continued)
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on CDU and will
be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-14
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
12.
Flight Management Systems
(CDU & Nav Computer Only)
(cont’d)
1) Navigation Databases
(NOTE: Database(s)
which is/are out of date
is/are considered to be
inoperative)
C
C
(continued)


0
1
(O) One or more may be inoperative for the None required.
intended route where conventional (nonRNAV) navigation is sufficient, provided:
a) Current aeronautical information
(e.g. charts) is available for the
entire route and for the aerodromes
to be used, and
b) Navigation database information is
disregarded.
Flight crew will ensure that
en route charts and terminal
charts for the origin,
destination and alternate
airports are verified to be
current and onboard the
aeroplane.
Any in excess of one may be inoperative
provided:
a) The operative database must be up
to date for routes, departures,
arrival and approach procedures
thar require the use of navigation
Database for RNAV, and
b) This up to date Database is readily
available to the flight crew
member(s) responsible for
navigation.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on CDU and will
be noted on ADLS.
Flight crew will disregard
navigation data base
information.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on CDU and will
be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-15
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
12.
Flight Management
Systems (CDU & Nav
Computer Only)
(cont’d)
1) Navigation Databases
(NOTE: Database(s)
which is/are out of date
is/are considered to be
inoperative) (cont’d)
A

0
(O) One or more may be out of date for a
None required.
maximum of 10 calendar days provided:
a) Area Navigation (RNAV)
departure, arrival and approach
procedures do not depend on the
data amended in the current
database cycle,
b) Before each flight, current
aeronautical information is used to
verify the database Navigation
Fixes, the coordinates, frequencies,
status (as applicable) and suitability
of Navigation Facilities required
for the intended route, and
c) Radio navigation aids, which are
required to be flown for departure,
arrival and approach procedures
and which have been amended in
the current database cycle, are
manually tuned and identified.
Flight crew will ensure that
en route charts and terminal
charts for the origin,
destination and alternate
airports are verified to be
current and onboard the
aeroplane.
Flight crew will verify
navigation database
information using current
aeronautical information
before each flight.
Flight Crew will manually
tune and identify all radio
navigation aids used
throughout the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-16
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
12.
Flight Management
Systems (CDU & Nav
Computer Only)
(cont’d)
1) Navigation Databases
(NOTE: Database(s)
which is/are out of date
is/are considered to be
inoperative)
A

0
(O) One or more may be out of date for a
None required.
maximum of 10 calendar days provided:
a) Conventional (Non-RNAV)
departure, arrival and approach
procedures, when available, or
ANSP assistance are used as an
alternative to RNAV procedures
which have been amended in the
current database cycle,
b) Before each flight, current
aeronautical information is used to
verify the database Navigation
Fixes, the coordinates, frequencies,
status (as applicable) and suitability
of Navigation Facilities required
for the intended route, and
c) Radio navigation aids, which are
required to be flown for departure,
arrival and approach procedures
and which have been amended in
the current database cycle, are
manually tuned and identified.
Flight crew will ensure that
en route charts and terminal
charts for the origin,
destination and alternate
airports are verified to be
current and onboard the
aeroplane.
Flight crew will verify
navigation database
information using current
aeronautical information
before each flight.
Flight Crew will manually
tune and identify all radio
navigation aids used
throughout the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-17
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
13.
***
Navigation Management
Systems
C

0
Except where en route operations or
approach minimums require its use, may be
inoperative provided:
a) At least one FMS is operative,
b) System is not required for IRS
alignment,
c) Long Range Navigation is not
dependent on its use, and
d) Procedures do not require its use.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: Two (2) systems are required for
dispatch into MNPS or RNP-10 airspace.
One system is required in PRNAV,
BRNAV, RNAV 1 and RNAV 2 airspace.
1) Navigation Databases
(NOTE: Database(s)
which is/are out of date
is/are considered to be
inoperative)
C
C
(continued)


0
1
(O) One or more may be inoperative for the None required.
intended route where conventional (nonRNAV) navigation is sufficient, provided:
a) Current aeronautical information
(e.g. charts) is available for the
entire route and for the aerodromes
to be used, and
b) Navigation database information is
disregarded.
Any in excess of one may be inoperative
provided:
a) The operative database must be up
to date for routes, departures,
arrival and approach procedures
that require the use of navigation
Database for RNAV, and
b) This up to date Database is readily
available to the flight crew
member(s) responsible for
navigation.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure that
en route charts and terminal
charts for the origin,
destination and alternate
airports are verified to be
current and onboard the
aeroplane.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Flight crew will disregard
navigation data base
information.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-18
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
13.
Navigation Management
Systems (cont’d)
1) Navigation Databases
(NOTE: Database(s)
which is/are out of date
is/are considered to be
inoperative)
(continued)
A

0
(O) One or more may be out of date for a
None required.
maximum of 10 calendar days provided:
a) Area Navigation (RNAV)
departure, arrival and approach
procedures do not depend on the
data amended in the current
database cycle,
b) Before each flight, current
aeronautical information is used to
verify the database Navigation
Fixes, the coordinates, frequencies,
status (as applicable) and suitability
of Navigation Facilities required
for the intended route, and
c) Radio navigation aids, which are
required to be flown for departure,
arrival and approach procedures
and which have been amended in
the current database cycle, are
manually tuned and identified.
Flight crew will ensure that
en route charts and terminal
charts for the origin,
destination and alternate
airports are verified to be
current and onboard the
aeroplane.
Flight crew will verify
navigation database
information using current
aeronautical information
before each flight.
Flight Crew will manually
tune and identify all radio
navigation aids used
throughout the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-19
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
13.
Navigation Management
Systems (cont’d)
1) Navigation Databases
(NOTE: Database(s)
which is/are out of date
is/are considered to be
inoperative)
A

0
(O) One or more may be out of date for a
None required.
maximum of 10 calendar days provided:
a) Conventional (Non-RNAV)
departure, arrival and approach
procedures, when available, or
ANSP assistance are used as an
alternative to RNAV procedure
which have been amended in the
current database cycle,
b) Before each flight, current
aeronautical information is used to
verify the database Navigation
Fixes, the coordinates, frequencies,
status (as applicable) and suitability
of Navigation Facilities required
for the intended route, and
c) Radio navigation aids, which are
required to be flown for departure,
arrival and approach procedures
and which have been amended in
the current database cycle, are
manually tuned and identified.
Flight crew will ensure that
en route charts and terminal
charts for the origin,
destination and alternate
airports are verified to be
current and onboard the
aeroplane.
Flight crew will verify
navigation database
information using current
aeronautical information
before each flight.
Flight Crew will manually
tune and identify all radio
navigation aids used
throughout the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-20
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
14.
***
Lightning Sensor
System (LSS)
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
15.
Stormscopes
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Stormscope and will
be noted on ADLS.
16.
Airborne Collision
Avoidance System
(ACAS)
A

0
Maintenance will ensure
system is deactivated by
pulling and collaring ACAS
Power circuit breaker.
Flight crew will follow flight
plan to avoid airspace where
an operating ACAS is
required, e.g. RVSM
airspace.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure the
pilot flying has the operative
TA and RA visual displays.
Flight crew will perform an
ACAS system test prior to
first flight of the day.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
1)
ACAS System
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided the
system is deactivated and secured:
a) It is not reasonable practicable to
repair before flight, and
b) If the aeroplane is intended to be
flown in airspace in which ACAS
operation is required it may not fly
for more than 10 calendar days
with the equipment completely
inoperative.
NOTE: Local Authorities may impose a
more restrictive rectification interval.
2)
Combined TA and
RA Dual Displays
(continued)
C

1
(O) May be inoperative on the non-flying
pilot side provided:
a) TA and RA elements and audio
functions are operative on flying
pilot’s side, and
b) TA and RA display indications are
visible to the non-flying pilot.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-21
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Flight crew will ensure that
the pilot-flying has an
operative RA display system.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
16.
Airborne Collision
Avoidance System
(ACAS) (cont’d)
3)
Resolution Advisory
(RA) Display
System(s)
C

1
(O) One may be inoperative on non-flying
pilot side.
C

0
(O) One or more may be inoperative
None required.
provided:
a) All Traffic Alert (TA) display
elements and voice command audio
functions are operative, and
b) TA only mode is selected by the
crew
Flight crew will test the
ACAS to ensure that the TA
display and aurals are
operative prior to first flight
of the day. Flight crew will
select TA only mode for the
ACAS.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(O) One or more may be inoperative
provided all installed RA display and audio
functions are operative.
None required.
Flight crew will test the
ACAS to ensure that RA
display and aurals are
operative prior to first flight
of the day.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
4)
Traffic Alert (TA)
Display System(s)
C

0
5)
Airspace Selection
Function (Above /
Normal / Below)
C

0
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
34-22
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
17.
***
Microwave Landing
Systems (MLS)
D


As required by Operating Requirements.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Control
Head and will be noted on
ADLS.
18.
Symbol Generators
C
3
2
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) EFIS displays at pilot’s and
copilot's stations are operative from
independent Symbol Generators,
and
b) Both EICAS displays are operative.
Maintenance will ensure if No.
1 Symbol Generator is
inoperative, it is moved to No.
3 (EICAS) position and
Symbol Generator EICAS
Selector is selected to ALT.
AMM, Chapter 31-02-01.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) EFIS Displays at pilot's
and copilot's stations are
operative from
Independent Symbol
Generators.
b) If No. 1 Symbol
Generator is inoperative,
it is moved to No. 3
position and Symbol
Generator EICAS
Selector is selected to
ALT for No. 2 Symbol
Generator to power
EICAS displays.
c) If No. 2 (Copilots) or 3
(EICAS) Symbol
Generator is inoperative,
Symbol Generator
Copilots or EICAS
Selector is selected to
ALT.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-23
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
19.
Altitude Alerting
System
B

0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) An autopilot with altitude hold is
operative,
b) Alternate procedures are
established and used, and
c) The altitude alerting system is not
part of the equipment required for
the intended operations.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure that
flight into RVSM airspace is
not conducted with
inoperative Altitude Alerting
System.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Display Switching
Copilot Selector is
selected to ND OFF,
b) Standby Attitude
Indicator and ONE
Digital Bearing
Distance Indicator
(DBDI) or Secondary
NAV Display is
operative, and
c) Alternate Procedures
for operation without
Copilot's Navigation
Display are in PreTakeoff and PreArrival Crew Briefings.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: One altitude alerting system is
required to be operative for RVSM
operation.
20.
Display Units
***
For SPZ 8000
Equipped Aeroplanes
(continued)
C
6
5
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Inoperative tube is located in the
Copilot's Navigation Display
Position (DU #5),
b) "ND OFF" is selected on the
Copilot Display Switching Panel,
c) Standby, Attitude Indicator is
operative,
d) One Digital Bearing Distance
Indicator (DBDI) or Secondary
NAV Display is operative,
e) The DU #5 circuit breaker is pulled
and collared, and
f) Alternate procedures are
established and used for operation
without the Copilot's Navigation
Display.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-24
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
20.
Display Units (cont’d)
***
For SPZ 8400
Equipped Aeroplanes
(continued)
C
6
5
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Inoperative tube is located in the
Copilot’s Navigation Display
Position (DU #5),
b) “NORM” is selected on both the
Pilot’s and Copilot Display
Switching Panels,
c) Standby Attitude Indicator is
operative,
d) One Digital Bearing Distance
Indicators (DBDI) or Secondary
NAV Display is operative,
e) DU #5 circuit breaker is pulled and
collared, and
f) Alternate procedures are
established and used for operation
without the Copilot’s Navigation
displays.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Display Switching
Copilot Selector is
selected to ND OFF.
b) Standby Attitude
Indicator and ONE
Digital Bearing Distance
Indicator (DBDI) or
Secondary NAV Display
is operative.
c) Alternate Procedures for
operation without
Copilot's Navigation
Display are in PreTakeoff and Pre-Arrival
Crew Briefings.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-25
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
20.
Display Units (cont’d)
***
G-IV Equipped with
DU-885
C
6
5
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Inoperative tube is located in the
Copilot’s Navigation Display
Position (DU #5),
b) Standby Attitude Indicator is
operative,
c) Standby RMI is operative,
d) DU #5 circuit breaker is pulled and
collared,
e) Alternate procedures are developed
for operation without the Copilot’s
Navigation displays, and
f) Terminal charts for the origin,
destination and alternate airports
are verified to be current and
onboard the aeroplane.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Display Switching
Copilot Selector is
selected to ND OFF.
b) Standby Attitude
Indicator and ONE
Digital Bearing Distance
Indicator (DBDI) or
Secondary NAV Display
is operative.
c) Alternate Procedures for
operation without
Copilot's Navigation
Display are in PreTakeoff and Pre-Arrival
Crew Briefings.
d) Appropriate and current
charts are carried on
board the aeroplane.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Display
Unit and will be noted on
ADLS.
21.
Standby Magnetic
Compass Systems
(Flux Valves)
C

0
May be inoperative provided all installed
Heading Reference systems are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Standby
Magnetic Compass and will
be noted on ADLS.
***
Magnetometer
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided all installed
Heading Reference systems are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Standby
Magnetic Compass and will
be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-26
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
22.
***
Non-Stabilized Magnetic
Compass (Standby)
B
1
0
May be inoperative provided any
combination of three (3) Gyro or IRS
(IRU) Stabilized Compass Systems are
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Standby
Magnetic Compass and will
be noted on ADLS.
B
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Any combination of two (2) Gyro
or IRS (IRU) Stabilized Compass
Systems are operative, and
b) Aeroplane is operated with Dual
Independent Navigation Capability
and under Positive Radar Control
by ATC on the enroute portion of
the flight.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Standby
Magnetic Compass and will
be noted on ADLS
B
1
0
May be inoperative for flights that are
entirely within areas of magnetic
unreliability provided at least two (2)
Stabilized Directional Gyro Systems are
installed, are operative, and used in
conjunction with approved Free Gyro
Navigation Techniques.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Standby
Magnetic Compass and will
be noted on ADLS
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-27
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
23.
***
Head Up Display
System
D
1
0
24.
***
Airborne Flight
Information System
(AFIS)
D

1)
D

AFIS Printer
May be inoperative provided approach
minimums or operating procedures are not
dependent on its use.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Head
Up Display Unit and will be
noted on ADLS.
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-28
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
25.
Slip-Skid Indicator
(for SPZ 8000
equipped aeroplanes)
B
2
1
May be inoperative provided:
a) Third attitude indicator is installed
and operative, and
b) Aeroplane is operated during day
VMC conditions.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(For SPZ 8400
equipped aeroplanes)
B
2
1
May be inoperative provided:
a) Third attitude indicator is installed
and operative, and
b) An operative slip indication is
obtained by selecting another IRS
source via the Display Controller.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
B
2
1
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
operated during day VMC conditions.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
26.
***
Data Loader
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Data
Loader and will be noted on
ADLS.
27.
Bus Controller
C
3
2
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-29
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
28.
***
Lasertrak NDU
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided at least one
(1) Flight Management System (FMS) is
operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
29.
***
Windshear Warning
and Flight Guidance
System (Reactive)
B

0
(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used.
None required.
Flight crew will comply with
the AFM/AOM guidance on
windshear conditions and the
recommended procedures for
windshear encounters.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C

0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Alternate procedures are
established and used, and
b) Windshear Detection and
Avoidance System (Predictive) is
operative.
None required.
Flight crew will comply with
the AFM/AOM guidance on
windshear conditions and the
recommended procedures for
windshear encounters.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
B

0
(O) May be inoperative provided alternate
procedures are established and used.
None required.
Flight crew will comply with
the AFM/AOM guidance on
windshear conditions and the
recommended procedures for
windshear encounters.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
Flight crew will comply with
the AFM/AOM guidance on
windshear conditions and the
recommended procedures for
windshear encounters.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
30.
***
Windshear Detection
and Avoidance System
(Predictive)
NOTE: Operator’s alternate procedures
should include reviewing windshear
avoidance and windshear recovery
procedures.
C

0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Alternate procedures are
established and used, and
b) Windshear Warning and Guidance
System (Reactive) is operative.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-30
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
31.
Guidance Panel Digital
Indications and Mode
Select Indications
1)
Speed Display
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
2)
Heading Display
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
3)
VS Displays
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
4)
Altitude Select
Display
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-31
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
31.
Guidance Panel Digital
Indications and Mode
Select Indications (cont’d)
5)
LNAV
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
6)
VNAV
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
7)
FLCH
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
8)
Manual Speed
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-32
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
31.
Guidance Panel Digital
Indications and Mode
Select Indications (cont’d)
9)
Bank Select
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
10)
BC Select
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
11)
Heading Select
C
1
0
May be inoperative provded the associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
12)
VS Select
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
13)
Alt Hold Select
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-33
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
31.
Guidance Panel Digital
Indications and Mode
Select Indications (cont’d)
14)
Approach
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
value is available in the Primary Flight
Display.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
15)
PFD Command
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided
associated value is available in the Primary
Flight Display.
None required.
On initial power up of the
aeroplane, the default is PFD
Command Left. If button is
pushed several times, PFD
command to the Left PFD can
be established by pulling and
resetting Guidance Panel
circuit breakers.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Cockpit
Video Monitors and will be
noted on ADLS.
None required.
Flight crew will use
English/Metric conversion
chart available in Jeppeson
when flight using metric
altitude is expected.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
32.
***
Cockpit Video
Monitors
D

0
33.
***
Metric Altimeter
D
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Altimeter installation was not a
replacement for standard or
standby altimeters, and
b) Alternate procedures are
established and used.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-34
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
34.
***
Heads Up
Checklist
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
35.
***
Enhanced Vision System
(EVS)
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
1)
EVS Window Heat
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided that the use
of EVS for approaches in icing conditions
is not permitted.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
2)
Secondary (non-HUD) D
EVS Display
Repeater
1
0
May be inoperative provided procedures
are not dependent on its use.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
36.
***
Cockpit Printer

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
D
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-35
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Maintenance will ensure
associated Display Controller
circuit breaker for the failed
Display Controller is pulled
and collared.
Flight crew should have a
contingency plan for
navigation and flying an
approach using the VOR
and/or ADF bearing needles
on the DBDI/Standby
RMI/Secondary Nav display
in the event the remaining
Display Controler fails after
dispatch.
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
37.
Right Side Display
Controller
A
1
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Weather at the destination is
forecast to be VFR (1,000 ft celling
and three (3) miles visibility),
b) Weather forecast at the alternate
aeroport meet the same
requirements as specified or the
destination,
c) Both VOR and ADF navigation
receivers are operative,
d) Flight is conducted based on only
short range navigation sources
(VOR/ADF) being available,
e) Navigation suffix in the IFR flight
plan clearly indicates that the
aeroplane is not capable of any
RNP required navigation
capability,
f) Flight is conducted in airspace
where the availability of navigation
by short range navigation receivers
(VOR/ADF) is assured,
g) One DBDI or Standby RMI or
Secondary Navigation Display is
operative,
h) Alternate procedures are
established and used, and
i) Repairs are made within one (1)
flight day.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-36
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
38.
***
Automatic Dependent
Surveillance-Broadcast
(ADS-B) System
D

0
May be inoperative provided it is not
required by Operating Requirements.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Extended Squitter
(ADS-B Out)
Transmissions
D

0
One or more extended squitter
transmissions may be inoperative when not
required for the intended route.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: If ADS-B is installed in lieu of or
as a replacement for Operating
Requirements required equipment, the
repair category in the operator’s MEL will
be the same as that of the Operating
Requirements required equipment.
***
1)
Cockpit Display and
Traffic Information
(CDTI)
D
—
0
NOTE: Cockpit Display Traffic
Information (CDTI) display of data from
other aeroplane systems may be used.
***
2)
CDTI Control
Panel
D
—
0
***
3)
Data Link
Transmitter(s)
D
—
0
(continued)
May be inoperative provided:
a) Flight ID can be set, and
b) Screen display is acceptable to the
flight crew.
NOTE: In some aeroplanes the Data Link
Transmission is an integral part of the
transponder and relief is provided in that
section.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-37
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
38.
***
Automatic Dependent
SurveillanceBroadcast (ADS-B)
System (cont’d)
***
4)
Data Link
Receivers
D
—
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
5)
ADS-B Applications
D
—
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
39.
***
DDA (Digital to
Discrete Adapter)
D
2
0
May be inoperative provided approach
minimums do not require its use.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
40.
***
GNSSU WAAS (Wide
Area Augmentation
System or SBAS –
Augmentation System)
Function
D
2
0
WASS Function may be inoperative
provided en route and approach procedures
do not require its use.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
34-38
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Maintenance will pull and
collar the circuit breakers for
the failed CCD’s.
Flight crew will ensure the
required charts are available
for the flight.
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
34. NAVIGATION
41.
***
Cursor Control Devices
C
2
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Both Display Controllers are
operative, and
b) Terminal charts for the origin,
destination and alternte airports are
verified to be current and onboard
the aeroplane.
NOTE: With the CCD inoperative, the
charts, XM weather, and Enhanced Map
Display is not available on the affected
NAV Display.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
35-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Maintenance will ensure
Outflow Valve is fully OPEN
prior to departure and
electrically de-energized.
Flight crew will ensure
aeroplane is operated
unpressurised at or below
10,000 ft and passengers are
briefed in accordance with
the dispatch configuration.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Oxygen
Control Panel or Mask Unit
and will be noted on ADLS.
Additionally, affected seats
shall be blocked and
placarded.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
35. OXYGEN
1.
Passenger / Cabin
Crew Oxygen System
(Supplemental Oxygen)
(continued)
B

0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Maximum altitude is limited to
10,000 ft pressure altitude,
b) An adequate supply of fresh air is
provided to the cabin, and
c) Passengers are appropriately
briefed.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full open
position with both engine
bleeds and air conditioning
packs selected ON, if
available. If not, select RAM
air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flighy.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
35-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Flight crew will ensure
aeroplane is operated
pressurised at or below
25,000 ft, the route of flight
is not over terrain exceeding
13,000 ft elevation, and
passengers are briefed in
accordance with the dispatch
configuration.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Oxygen
Control Panel or Mask Unit
and will be noted on ADLS.
Additionally, affected seats
shall be blocked and
placarded.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
35. OXYGEN
1.
Passenger / Cabin
Crew Oxygen System
(Supplemental Oxygen)
(cont’d)
B
(continued)

0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Maximum altitude is limited to
25,000 ft pressure altitude,
b) Air conditioning packs are
operative,
c) All components of the
pressurization system are operative,
d) Aeroplane is able to descent within
4 minutes to a cabin pressure
altitude of 13,000 ft at all points
along the route to be flown,
e) Portable oxygen units are available
for all required cabin crew
members
f) Sufficient oxygen quantity is
available for at least 10 % of the
passengers for the entire flight time
when the cabin pressure altitude is
between 10,000 ft and 13,000 ft
following a decompression event at
the most critical point of the
intended route, and
g) Passengers are appropriately
briefed.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
35-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
35. OXYGEN
1.
***
2.
Passenger / Cabin
Crew Oxygen System
(Supplemental Oxygen)
(cont’d)
1)

1
(M)(O) May be inoperative provided prior
to dispatch, flight crew determines that
sufficient oxygen is available for the
planned route of flight in accordance with
the applicable operating requirements and
the AFMS for the passenger oxygen
system.
Maintenance will gain access
to the passenger oxygen bottle,
determine the bottle pressure
of the operative bottle and
relay this information to the
flight crew.
Flight crew will use the
requirements of OPS 1.770
and AFM Supplement
SC42 704M08 for the
Passenger Oxygen System to
determine the oxygen
availability for the flight with
consideration fo the terrain
along the route of flight and
the distance to the destination
or alternate aeroport.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Oxygen
Control Panel and will be
noted on ADLS.
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Cabin Altitude and Differential
Pressure Indicators are operative,
and
b) Cabin Altitude Pressure Warning
System is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above “ON”
position on Cabin Oxygen
Control Panel and will be
noted on ADLS.
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in unpressurised configuration.
None required.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full open
position with both engine
bleeds and air conditioning
packs selected ON, if
available. If not, select RAM
air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above “ON”
position on Cabin Oxygen
Control Panel and will be
noted on ADLS.
Passenger/Cabin
B
Crew Oxygen System
Supply Bottles
(STC No. ST00812AT)
Cabin Oxygen ON
Warning Systems
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
35-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
35. OXYGEN
3.
Oxygen Service Panel
Pressure Gauges
4. Portable Oxygen
*** Dispensing Units
(Bottle and Mask)
D
2
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided the
associated cockpit gauge is operative and
monitored.
Maintenance will ensure
associated Cockpit Oxygen
Gauge is operable and utilized
during oxygen servicing.
AMM, Chapter 35-00-00.
Flight crew will ensure
associated Cockpit Oxygen
Gauge is operative and
monitored. AFM, Normal
Procedures.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Oxygen
Service Pressure Gauge and
will be noted on ADLS.
B


Any in excess of those required may be
inoperative or missing provided required
distribution is maintained throughout
aeroplane.
None required.
Flight crew will verify all
Bottles are properly serviced
and operative, if maintenance
personnel are not available.
Flight crew will ensure
required distribution is
maintained.
A Placard will be displayed in
a prominent position to be
seen by flight crew and will
be noted on ADLS. Placard
will state number of units if
less than 14 CFR
requirements for maximum
capacity.
NOTE: Any bottle not properly serviced is
considered inoperative and should be
removed.
5. Oxygen Supply Warning
*** System
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
cockpit gauge is operative and monitored.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Cockpit
Oxygen Gauges and will be
noted on ADLS.
6.
D


(M) Any bottle in excess of those required
may be inoperative provided the inoperative
equipment is placarded inoperative,
removed from the installed location (if
portable) and placed out of sight so it
cannot be mistaken for a functional unit.
Maintenance will verify all
None required.
Bottles are properly serviced
and operative. Any bottle not
verified operative is considered
inoperative and will be
removed along with any
inoperative bottles.
A Placard will be displayed in
a prominent position to be
seen by flight crew and will
be noted on ADLS.
First Aid Oxygen
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
35-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
35. OXYGEN
7. Protective Breathing
*** Equipment (PBE)
D


(M) Any in excess of that required may be
inoperative or missing provided:
a) Required distribution is
maintained,
b) Inoperative PBE and its installed
location are placarded inoperative,
c) Inoperative PBE unit is secured out
of sight in an approved stowage,
and
d) Procedures are established and
used to alert crew members of
inoperative or missing equipment.
Maintenance shall placard the
inoperative PBE unit and its
installed location, and secure
the PBE unit in an approved
stowage.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Crew will verify that
sufficient oxygen is available
for crew and passengers prior
to every takeoff by checking
the gauges in the oxygen
service panel.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Cockpit
Oxygen Pressure Gauges and
will be noted on ADLS.
NOTE: Inoperative PBE units may be
subject to dangerous goods requirements.
8. Electronic Equipment
*** Rack Oxygen
Pressure Gauges
D

0
May be inoperative provided cockpit
gauges are operative.
9.
C

0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
None required.
a) Oxygen Service Panel Pressure
Gauges are operative and checked
every takeoff,
b) Crew Oxygen Off and PAX
Oxygen Off messages (SN 1290
and subsequent) are not displayed
on the CAS prior to every takeoff,
and
c) Crew oxygen masks are checked for
oxygen flow for a minimum of ten
(10) seconds prior to every takeoff.
Cockpit Oxygen
Pressure Gauges
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
36-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
36. PNEUMATIC
1.
HP Bleed Air Systems
1)
Pressurised
Configuration
C
2
1
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Inoperative Bleed Control Valve is
CLOSED and deactivated
electrically when associated Engine
Bleed Air System is selected OFF,
b) Opposite Engine Bleed Air System
is operative,
c) Isolation Valve is verified
operative and selected OPEN, and
d) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
NOTE: Auto-throttle will be inoperative
with Isolation Valve OPEN.
Maintenance will ensure:
None required.
a) Opposite Engine Bleed Air
System and Isolation Valve
is verified operative.
b) Isolation Valve is selected
and verified OPEN.
c) Inoperative Right Bleed
Air Control Valve is
CLOSED and electrically
deactivated by selecting
right Bleed Air Valve
Switch OFF.
CAUTION: Do not pull right
bleed air circuit breaker when
deactivating right hand system.
This action will cause isolation
valve to close; however,
cockpit annunciation will
indicate open.
d) Inoperative Left Bleed Air
Control Valve is CLOSED
and electrically deactivated
by selecting left Bleed Air
Valve Switch OFF and
pulling L Bleed Air circuit
breaker.
(continued)
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above affected
system’s Bleed Air Control
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
36-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full open
position with Ram air
selected ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above BOTH
Bleed Air Control Switches
and will be noted on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
36. PNEUMATIC
1.
HP Bleed Air System
(continued)
2)
Unpressurised
Configuration
C
2
0
(M) (O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Both Bleed Air Valves are
CLOSED and deactivated
electrically,
b) Aeroplane is not operated in
forecast or known icing conditions,
and
c) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
NOTE: Right Bleed Air Circuit Breaker
should not be pulled because it regulates
power to additional components such as
the Isolation Valve.
Maintenance will ensure:
a) Right Bleed Air Control
Valve is CLOSED and
electrically deactivated by
selecting right Bleed Air
Valve Switch OFF.
NOTE: Right Bleed Air Circuit
Breaker should not be pulled
because it regulates power to
additional components such as
the Isolation Valve.
b) Left Bleed Air Control
Valve is CLOSED and
electrically deactivated by
selecting left Bleed Air
Valve Switch OFF and
pulling L Bleed Air circuit
breaker. AMM, Chapter
36-01-00.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
36-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
36. PNEUMATIC
2. Bleed Air Hot
Warning Systems
1)
Pressurised
Configuration
B
2
1
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Associated Bleed Control Valve is
CLOSED and deactivated
electrically when associated Engine
Bleed Air System is selected OFF,
b) Opposite Engine Bleed Air System
is operative,
c) Isolation Valve is verified
operative and selected OPEN,
d) Aeroplane is not operated in
forecast or known icing conditions,
and
e) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
NOTE: Auto-throttle will be inoperative
with Isolation Valve OPEN.
Maintenance will ensure:
None required.
a) Opposite Engine Bleed Air
System and Isolation Valve
is verified operative.
b) Isolation Valve is selected
and verified OPEN.
c) Inoperative Right Bleed
Air Control Valve is
CLOSED and electrically
deactivated by selecting
right Bleed Air Valve
Switch OFF.
CAUTION: Do not pull right
bleed air circuit breaker when
deactivating right hand system.
This action will cause isolation
valve to close; however,
cockpit annunciation will
indicate open.
d) Inoperative Left Bleed Air
Control Valve is CLOSED
and electrically deactivated
by selecting left Bleed Air
Valve Switch OFF and
pulling L Bleed Air circuit
breaker.
(continued)
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above affected
system’s Bleed Air Control
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
36-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full open
position with Ram air
selected ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed above BOTH
Bleed Air Control Switches
and will be noted on ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
36. PNEUMATIC
2. Bleed Air Hot
Warning Systems (cont’d)
2)
Unpressurised
Configuration
C
2
0
(M) (O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Both Bleed Air valves are
CLOSED and deactivated
electrically,
b) Aeroplane is not operated in
forecast or known icing conditions,
and
c) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
NOTE: Right Bleed Air Circuit Breaker
should not be pulled because it regulates
power to additional components such as
the Isolation Valve.
Maintenance will ensure:
a) Right Bleed Air Control
Valve is CLOSED and
electrically deactivated by
selecting right Bleed Air
Valve Switch OFF.
NOTE: Right Bleed Air Circuit
Breaker should not be pulled
because it regulates power to
additional components such as
the Isolation Valve.
b) Left Bleed Air Control
Valve is CLOSED and
electrically deactivated by
selecting left Bleed Air
Valve Switch OFF and
pulling L Bleed Air circuit
breaker. AMM, Chapter
36-00-00.
Flight crew may accomplish this
task if properly qualified and
authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
36-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
36. PNEUMATIC
3.
Isolation Valve
C
1
0
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Both Bleed Air Systems are
operative,
b) Both Environmental Control
Systems (ECS) Packs are operative,
c) Isolation Valve is electrically
deactivated, and
d) Isolation Valve is verified
CLOSED.
Maintenance will ensure
BOTH Bleed Air Valves and
Environmental Control System
(ECS) Packs are operative. In
addition, Isolation Valve is to
be verified CLOSED and
electrically deactivated by
pulling BLEED AIR ISO S/O
circuit breaker. AMM, Chapter
21-01-03, 36-01-00 and 36-1200.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Isolation Valve
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
4.
Bleed Air Pressure
Indication Systems
(Overhead Panel)
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided the Bleed
Indication System on the APU/Bleed
Synoptic is operative.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
38-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
38. WATER/WASTE
1.
Potable Water
System
C


(M) Individual components may be
inoperative provided:
a) Associated components are
deactivated or isolated,
b) Associated system components are
verified not to have leaks, and
c) Passengers are advised of the
inoperative water system.
Maintenance will deactivate
applicable system components
and verify that components do
not have leaks.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Portable Water
System and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on water service
“INOPERATIVE” and
prevent line service personnel
from servicing water system
by personal intervention.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
NOTE: Any portion of system which
operates normally may be used.
C


(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) System is drained, and
b) Procedures are established to
ensure that system is not serviced.
Maintenance will drain the
system and placard the access
door to prohibit servicing.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
38-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
38. WATER/WASTE
2.
Lavatory Waste
Systems (Including
Wheelchair Accessible
Lavatories)
C


(M) Individual components may be
inoperative provided:
a) Associated components are
deactivated or isolated, and
b) Associated system components are
verified not to have leaks.
Maintenance will deactivate
applicable system components
and verify that components do
not have leaks.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Lavatory
Waste System and will be
noted on ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Lavatory
Waste System and will be
noted on ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
NOTE: Any portion of system which is
operative may be used.
C


(M) Associated Lavatory system(s) may be
inoperative provided:
a) Associated components are
deactivated or isolated to prevent
leaks, and
b) Associated lavatory door(s) is
secured CLOSED and placarded
“INOPERATIVE – DO NOT
ENTER”.
NOTE: These provisos are not intended to
prohibit inspections by crewmembers.
Maintenance will deactivate
applicable system components.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
38-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
38. WATER/WASTE
3.
Lavatory Dump/
Drain System
4. Vacuum Toilet Holding
*** Tank Indicator
C


May be inoperative provided:
a) Dump valve is secured in the
CLOSED and LOCKED position,
and
b) System is checked for leaks before
every flight.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Tank is verified to be serviced
before first flight of the day, and
b) Tank is serviced after the last flight
of the day.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
46-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Maintenance will ensure EFB
and hardware is secured by an
alternate means or removed
from aeroplane, and procedures
do not require its use.
Flight crew will establish
alternate procedures to ensure
required information
normally provided by the
EFB is available. These
alternate procedures include
using other means to acquire
data through datalink,
SATCOM or FliteFone, or
over the VHF radio through
either a FSS or Flight Watch.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
46. NEW TECHNOLOGY
1.
***
Electronic Flight Bag
(EFBs) Systems
***
1) Class 1, 2
C
The purpose of this
Entry is not to require
inclusion of Class 1 & 2
EFBs in an operators MEL,
but it is one Means of
controlling Inoperative EFB
Equipment. Other means may
also be agreed with the NAA.
***
—
—
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided
alternate procedures are established and
used where operating procedures are
dependent upon the use of the affected
EFB.
NOTE: Any EFB function which operates
normally may be used.
2) Class 2 EFB
a)
Mounting Device
(continued)
C
—
1
(M) (O) Any in excess of one may be
inoperative provided the affected EFB is
secured by an alternative means.
Maintenance will ensure EFB
and hardware is secured by an
alternate means or removed
from aeroplane, and procedures
do not require its use.
Flight crew will use other
means to retrieve information
provided by data
connectivity, e.g., datalink to
obtain current weather, uplink
weather for graphical weather
etc.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
—
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) The associated EFB is used in
accordance with Class 1 EFB
stowage criteria, and
b) Alternate procedures are
established and used where
operating procedures are dependant
upon the use of the affected EFB.
Maintenance will ensure EFB
and hardware is secured by an
alternate means or removed
from aeroplane, and procedures
do not require its use.
Flight crew will use other
means to retrieve information
provided by data
connectivity, e.g., datalink to
obtain current weather, uplink
weather for graphical weather
etc.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
46-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
46. NEW TECHNOLOGY
1.
***
***
***
Electronic Flight Bag
(EFBs) Systems (cont’d)
2) Class 2 EFB
b)
Data Connectivity
C
—
1
(M) (O) Any in excess of one may be
inoperative provided an alternative means
of data connectivity is used.
Maintenance will ensure
inoperative data connectivity
line is secured or removed
from aeroplane if necessary.
Flight crew will establish
alternate procedures to ensure
required information
normally provided by the
EFB is available. These
alternate procedures include
using other means to acquire
data through datalink,
SATCOM or FliteFone, or
over the VHF radio through
either a FSS or Flight Watch.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
—
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided
alternate procedures are established and
used where operating procedures are
dependent upon the use of the affected
EFB.
Maintenance will ensure
inoperative data connectivity
line is secured or removed
from aeroplane if necessary.
Flight crew will establish
alternate procedures to ensure
required information
normally provided by the
EFB is available. These
alternate procedures include
using other means to acquire
data through datalink,
SATCOM or FliteFone, or
over the VHF radio through
either a FSS or Flight Watch.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: Any EFB function which operates
normally may be used.
(continued)
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
46-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
46. NEW TECHNOLOGY
1.
***
Electronic Flight Bag
(EFBs) Systems (cont’d)
***
3) Power Connection For C
Class 1 and Class 2 EFB
—
1
(M) (O) Any in excess of one may be
inoperative provided an alternative power
source is available and can be used for the
anticipated duration of use of the affected
EFB.
Maintenance will “deactivate”
the inoperative power source
by taping over the outlet.
Alternatively, the power cord
for the EFB can be removed
from the EFB and battery
power used to power EFB
without a power source.
Flight crew will ensure that
the EFB battery is fully
charged prior to flight. Flight
crew will monitor and
manage battery duration
during flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
—
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided
alternate procedures are established and
used.
Maintenance will “deactivate”
the inoperative power source
by taping over the outlet.
Alternatively, the power cord
for the EFB can be removed
from the EFB and battery
power used to power EFB
without a power source.
Flight crew will ensure that
the EFB battery is fully
charged prior to flight. Flight
crew will monitor and
manage battery duration
during flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
49. AIRBORNE AUXILIARY
POWER
1. Auxiliary Power
Unit (APU)
2.
APU EGT Indicators
(EICAS and Overhead
Indicator)
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
49-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
C
1
0
C
2
1
C
2
0
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
None required.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) BOTH Engine Driven
Alternators and BOTH
Converters are operative.
b) TRU is operative. With
External Power powering
aeroplane, check EPMP
for DC load indication. If
value is greater than zero
and TRU capsules are
lighted, TRU is operative.
c) Standby Electrical
System is operative. AFM
Emergency Procedures,
(Alternator/ Converter
Failure – Dual).
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
Maintenance will ensure APU
CONT circuit breaker is pulled
and collared.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(O) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) Both Engine Driven alternators are
operative,
b) Both Converters are operative,
c) TRU is operative, and
d) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) APU is not operated,
b) Both Engine Driven Alternators are
operative,
c) Both Converters are operative,
d) TRU is operative, and
e) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
49. AIRBORNE AUXILIARY
POWER
3. APU Tachometers
(EICAS and Overhead
Indicator)
4.
APU Low Oil Pressure
Warning Light
5. APU Oil Pressure
*** Gauges
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
49-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
C
2
1
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
2
0
Except for ER operations, may be
None required.
inoperative provided:
a) APU is not operated,
b) Both Engine Driven Alternators are
operative,
c) Both Converters are operative,
d) TRU is operative, and
e) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
C
1
0
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) APU is not operated,
b) Both Engine Driven Alternators are
operative,
c) Both Converters are operative,
d) TRU is operative, and
e) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Master
Switch and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Oil
Pressure Gauges and will be
noted on ADLS.
D

0
Maintenance will ensure APU
CONT circuit breaker is pulled
and collared.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
None required.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
49. AIRBORNE AUXILIARY
POWER
6. APU Oil Temperature
*** Gauges
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
49-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Oil
Temperature Gauges and will
be noted on ADLS.
7. APU Fuel Pressure
*** Gauges
D

0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Fuel
Pressure Gauges and will be
noted on ADLS.
8.
APU Overspeed
Indicator Light
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided APU RPM
indicator is operative and APU RPM is
monitored whenever used in flight.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Overspeed
Indicator Light and will be
noted on ADLS.
9.
APU Fault Indicators
C
4
0
(M) May be inoperative provided
indicator(s) are electrically disconnected
from APU circuits.
Maintenance will ensure APU
Fault Indicator(s) are
electrically disconnected from
APU circuits.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Fault
Indicator Box and will be
noted on ADLS.
10.
***
APU Start Indicator
Light
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Start
Indicator Light and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
49. AIRBORNE AUXILIARY
POWER
11. APU Air Load Valve
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
C
1
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
49-4
0
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
(M) May be inoperative provided Valve is
electrically deactivated in a CLOSED
position.
Maintenance will ensure APU
Air Load Valve is verified in a
CLOSED position by Butterfly
Plate Shaft Indicator.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on APU Air Switch
and will be noted on ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
12.
***
APU External Fire
Warning Alarm (Fire
Warning Bell)
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided APU
operation is monitored in cockpit.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
13.
APU Air Inlet Door
System
C
1
0
(M) Except for ER operations, may be
inoperative provided:
a) APU Air Inlet Door is secured fully
CLOSED,
b) APU is not operated,
c) Both Engine Drive generators are
operative, and
d) Standby Electrical System is
operative.
Maintenance will ensure Air
Intake Door is secured fully
CLOSED by visually verifying
door is CLOSED and pulling
and collaring the APU door
actuator circuit breaker.
None required.
A Placard will be placed on
APU Control Panel stating
“APU Air Inlet Door is
CLOSED and APU must not
be operated for entire flight.”
Condition will be noted on
ADLS.
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) APU Air Inlet Door is fully OPEN,
b) APU is operated throughout entire
flight, and
c) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitations.
Maintenance will ensure Air
Intake Door is secured fully
OPEN by visually verifying
door is OPEN and pulling and
collaring the APU door
actuator circuit breaker.
None required.
A Placard will be placed on
APU Control Panel to be seen
by flight crew and will be
noted on ADLS.
C
1
0
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
5
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
49-5
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
49. AIRBORNE AUXILIARY
POWER
14. APU Start/Engine
Owl Open/Interrupt
System
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
A Placard will be placed on
APU Control Panel to be seen
by flight crew and will be
noted on ADLS.
15.
APU Hour Meter
C
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
16.
APU Electronic
Control Unit (ECU)
C

1
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
C

0
May be inoperative provided the APU is
considered inoperative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
May be inoperative provided oil level is
checked prior to engine start.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
17.
***
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
C
1
0
18.
APU Start Counter
C
1
0
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
49. AIRBORNE AUXILIARY
POWER
19. APU EGT and RPM
Overhead Indicating
System
5.
3.
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
C
1
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
49-6
0
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
May be inoperative provided:
a) Aeroplane is powered by either
external power or the aeroplane’s
alternator/converter electrical
power system, and
b) APU/ Bleed synoptic is displayed
any time the APU is being started,
running or being shut down.
7
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
52-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
52. DOORS
1.
Door Warning
System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided a
crewmember verifies by visual inspection
before each departure that the associated
door is CLOSED and LOCKED by:
a) Door latches or lock handles are
flush, and
b) Door edges are flush with fuselage.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position in cockpit and on
affected door to be seen by
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
2. Cargo Door Operating
*** System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided a
crewmember verifies by visual inspection
before each departure that the associated
door is CLOSED and LOCKED by:
a) Bayonets are visually confirmed to
be in the locked position, and
b) Door handle is in the stowed
position.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed Externally and
Internally near door operating
handles and will be noted on
ADLS.
3. Cargo Door Warning
*** Light System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided a
crewmember verifies by visual inspection
before each departure that the associated
door is CLOSED and LOCKED by:
a) Bayonets are visually confirmed to
be in the locked position, and
b) Door handle is in the stowed
position.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
52-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
52. DOORS
4.
***
Door Seal Pressure
Indicator
D
1
0
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to e seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
***
1) Inflatable Door Seal
Advance Warning
System (ASC 439)
D
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Press Warn Relay circuit breaker is
pulled and collared, and
b) Door Seal Pressure System is
operative
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to e seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
5.
Door Seal Pressure
System
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided aeroplane
is operated in unpressurised configuration.
None required.
To operate the aeroplane
unpressurised, select manual
pressurisation and slew the
outflow valve to the full
OPEN position with both
engine bleeds and air
conditioning packs selected
ON, if available. If not, select
RAM air ON. Monitor cabin
differential pressure to be
nominally zero psid during
the flight.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position in cockpit and on
affected door to be seen by
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
6.
Main Entry Door Normal
Operating System
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Alternate system is operative,
and
b) Main door is not CLOSED
manually.
None required.
Flight crew will select the
AUX Hydraulic Pump ON,
manually OPEN the door
control valve, CLOSE and
LOCK the main door, and
manually CLOSE the door
control valve.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position in cockpit and on
affected door to be seen by
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MOP REV. NO.: 1
MMEL DATE: 10/22/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
10/22/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
MMEL REV. NO.: 1
52-3
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
52. DOORS
7.
Service Door “OPEN”
Advisory System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided a
crewmember verifies by visual inspection
before each departure that the associated
door is CLOSED and secure.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position in cockpit and on
affected door to be seen by
flight crew and will be noted
on ADLS.
8.
Main Entry Door Acoustic
Curtain/Door System
D

0
May be inoperative provided the affected
curtain/door system is in the stowed
position.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
9.
Lavatory Doors
D

0
May be inoperative provided the affected
door is secured OPEN or CLOSED for
taxi, takeoff and landing.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on the Lavatory
Door and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure by
visual inspection that baggage
door is closed and locked
before each departure. In
addition, flight crew will
ensure baggage door is
opened and closed by
maintenance ground crew.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to e seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: Included pop-up panels, latches,
locks and handles.
10.
Baggage Door Warning
System
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided a
crewmember verifies by visual inspection
before each departure that the baggage
door is CLOSED and LOCKED by:
a) Bayonets are visually confirmed to
be in the locked position, and
b) Door handle is in the stowed
position.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
52-4
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
52. DOORS
11.
Main Entry Door
Warning System
C
1
0
(O) May be inoperative provided a
crewmember verifies by visual inspection
before each departure that the Main Entry
Door is CLOSED and LOCKED by:
a) Bayonets are visually confirmed to
be in the locked position, and
b) Door handle is in the stowed
position.
None required.
Flight crew will ensure by
visual inspection that main
entry door is closed and
locked before each departure.
In addition, flight crew will
ensure main entry door is
opened and closed by
maintenance ground crew.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to e seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
71-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
71. POWERPLANT
1.
EPA Tank Ejector
Pumps
D
2
0
(M) May be inoperative provided
maintenance procedures are established to
drain tank:
a) Before the first flight of each day,
b) After three (3) normal shutdowns,
and
c) After two (2) false (wet) starts.
Maintenance will ensure
affected pump’s Drains Tank is
drained:
a) Before first flight of each
day.
b) After three normal
shutdowns.
c) After two false (wet) starts.
Rolls-Royce Tay Maintenance
Manual, Chapter 71-71-01.
OR
The engine may be run alone at
80% HP RPM for 10 minutes
to drain the EPA Tank.
Flight crew may perform
engine run if maintenance is
not available.
1
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
73-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
73. ENGINE FUEL & CONTROL
1.
Fuel Flow Indicaton
Systems (EICAS)
B
2
1
Engine Top Temperature
Control Systems (SN
1000 – 1319 without
ASC 394)
D
2
0
3.
Fuel Low Pressure
Warning Systems
(EICAS and Standby)
C
2
1
4.
Approach Idle Systems
C
2
0
2.
***
May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated EPR, LP and HP
indicating systems are operative,
and
b) Fuel Quantity Indicating Systems
are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Standby Engine
Instrument FF Indicator and
will be noted on ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Engine
Temp Control Switch and
will be noted on ADLS.
May be inoperative provided:
a) Associated fuel boost pumps are
operative, and
b) Aeroplane is operated at or below
FL 250.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Standby
Fuel Press Warning Light and
will be noted on ADLS.
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Both Systems are de-energized
(Approach Idle Mode),
b) Both Systems are in the Approach
Idle Mode, and
c) Field length requirements for
takeoff and landing are increased
by 500 feet.
Maintenance will ensure
None required.
BOTH Approach Idle Systems
are de-energized by pulling and
collaring BOTH ENG IDLE
circuit breakers.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
73-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
73. ENGINE FUEL & CONTROL
5.
Fuel Filter Differential
Pressure Warning
Systems
A
2
1
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Fuel Low Pressure System for the
affected engine is operative,
b) Associated Filter is verified free of
clogging before each flight, and
c) Repairs are made within three (3)
flight days.
2
Maintenance will ensure:
None required.
a) Fuel Low Pressure
Warning System for
affected engine is
operative.
b) Associated engine LP
Filter is verified free of
clogging prior to first flight
with this condition.
c) Repairs are made within
three flight days.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Standby
Fuel Filter Warning Light and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
74-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
74. IGNITION
1.
Ignition Systems
1)
No. 1 Igniters
C
2
1
May be inoperative provided:
a) Both No. 2 Igniters are operative,
and
b) Takeoff runway does not have
standing water, slush, or snow.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard
indicating affected system
will be displayed in a
prominent position to be seen
by flight crew and will be
noted on ADLS.
2)
No. 2 Igniters
C
2
1
May be inoperative provided:
a) Both No. 1 Igniters are operative,
and
b) Takeoff runway does not have
standing water, slush, or snow.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard
indicating affected system
will be displayed in a
prominent position to be seen
by flight crew and will be
noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
76-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
76. ENGINE CONTROLS
1. Engine Synchronizer
*** System
D
1
0
None required.
1
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
77-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
77. ENGINE INDICATING
1.
HP Tachometer
Indications EICAS
C
2
1
May be inoperative on either engine
provided associated LP, EPR and Fuel
Flow Indicating Systems (EICAS or
Standby) are operative for affected engine.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Standby Engine
Instrument HP% Indicator
and will be noted on ADLS.
NOTE: Standby HP Indication may also
be inoperative on both engines.
2.
3.
Engine Vibration Monitoring
Systems Sensors
1) Primary
Sensors
C
4
0
May be inoperative provided associated
Secondary Sensor System is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next toVib
Monitor Sensor Switch and
will be noted on ADLS.
2) Secondary
Sensors
C
4
0
May be inoperative provided associated
Primary Sensor System is operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next toVib
Monitor Sensor Switch and
will be noted on ADLS.
Engine Pressure Ratio
(EPR) Indicating Systems
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided aeroplane is
dispatched in accordance with GIV AFM
Supplement No. GIV-95-05.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Standby Engine
Instrument EPR Indicator and
will be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
77-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
77. ENGINE INDICATING
4.
LP Tachometer
EICAS
C
2
1
5.
Standby Engine
Instruments Indicating
System
C
1
0
May be inoperative provided associated
EICAS indications are operative.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Standby Engine
Instrument LP% Indicator
and will be noted on ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Standby Engine
Instrument and will be noted
on ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An inoperative placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
NOTE: Individual standby indications may
be inoperative provided associated EICAS
indication is operative. See individual
indications for other authorised
configurations.
6.
Engine Vibration
Monitor System
B
1
0
May be inoperative provided:
a) Operations are not conducted in
known or forecast icing conditions,
and
b) Crew reviews the Abnormal
Procedures for engine vibration
before each takeoff.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
78-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
78. ENGINE EXHAUST
1.
Thrust Reverser
Arm Lights (Green)
C
2
1
(M) May be inoperative provided
associated REV UNLOCK message on the
EICAS is verified to be operative.
Maintenance will verify
associated EICAS "REV
UNLOCK" message is
operative.
NOTE: Aeroplane will need to
be placed in an "AIR MODE"
utilizing nutcracker switch with
Thrust Reverser(s) deployed to
obtain message. AMM,
Chapter 32-62-00 ("Air Mode"
procedures). Ensure gear pins
are installed when doing this
procedure.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
OR
Maintenance will ensure
affected Thrust Reverser is
deactivated, stowed and
LOCKED in forward thrust
position. AMM, Chapter 7800-00.
NOTE: AFM Landing
Distances are not affected by
inoperative Thrust Reversers.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on or next to
affected Thrust Reverser Arm
Light and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
78-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
78. ENGINE EXHAUST
2.
Thrust Reversers
C
2
0
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Affected Thrust Reverser is
deactivated, stowed and LOCKED
in forward thrust position, and
b) Aeroplane is operated in
accordance with AFM Limitation
and Procedures.
Maintenance will ensure
affected Thrust Reverser is
deactivated, stowed and
LOCKED in forward thrust
position. AMM, Chapter 7800-00.
NOTE: AFM Landing
Distances are not impacted for
dry runway, refer to AFM 0178-10, but is affected in
wet/contaminated runway
conditions, refer to AOM 0701-80.
2
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Reverse
Thrust Lever Handle and will
be noted on ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
79-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
79. ENGINE OIL
1.
Low Oil Pressure
Warning Systems
B
2
1
2.
Engine Oil
Replenishment System
C
1
0
3.
Oil Filter Bypass
Indication Systems
C
2
0
May be inoperative provided Oil Pressure
Indicators for both engines are operative.
May be inoperative provided associated oil
filter bypass pop up indicator is verified in
normal (recessed) position before each
engine start.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on affected Standby
Oil Pressure Warning Light
and will be noted on ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
80-1
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONAL
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
Maintenance will ensure:
a) Start Valve has not failed
in OPEN position,
b) Start Valve is manually
OPENED and CLOSED
for engine starting,
c) Airstart (Continuous)
Ignition, Engine Selector
and Start Switches are
switched to OFF when
engine has reached self
sustaining speed, and
d) The Airstart Ignition
System is operative.
Flight crew will ensure:
a) Start Valve has not failed
in OPEN position.
b) Start Valve is manually
OPENED and CLOSED
for engine starting.
c) Airstart (Continuous)
Ignition, Engine Selector
and Start Switches are
switched to OFF when
engine has reached selfsustaining speed.
d) Engine Start is
accomplished in
accordance with AFM,
Section 3, Abnormal
Procedures, Engine
Starting System.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be displayed in a prominent
position to be seen by flight
crew and will be noted on
ADLS.
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
80. STARTING
1.
Engine Starting
Systems
C
2
1
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Airstart Ignition system is
operative,
b) Start Valve has not failed in OPEN
position,
c) Start Valve is manually OPENED
and CLOSED for engine starting,
d) Airstart Ignition, Engine Selector
and Start Switches are switched to
OFF when engine has reached selfsustaining speed, and
e) Engine start is accomplished in
accordance with AFM Start Valve
Failure Procedure.
The flight crew may perform
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
2.
***
Start Valve Position
Indicator Lights
C
2
0
(M) May be inoperative provided:
Maintenance will ensure:
a) Start Valve has not failed in OPEN a) Start Valve has NOT failed
position as verified by visual means
in open position by visual
through an access panel,
means through access
b) Start Valve is manually OPENED
panel.
and CLOSED for engine starting in b) Valve is manually
accordance with AFM Start Valve
OPENED and CLOSED
Failure Procedure, and
for engine starting in
c) Airstart Ignition, Engine Selector
accordance with AFM
and Start Switches are switched to
Start Valve Failure
OFF when engine has reached selfProcedure.
sustaining speed.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
AEROPLANE:
PAGE NUMBER:
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE MODEL G-IV, (G400), (G300)
MAINTENANCE / OPERATIONAL / PLACARDING / PROCEDURES MANUAL
1.
2.
MMEL REV. NO.: ORG
MOP REV. NO.: ORG
MMEL DATE: 02/18/13
MOP DATE:
6.
7.
02/18/13
NUMBER INSTALLED
SYSTEM &
5.
3.
SEQUENCE
NUMBERS
80-2
NUMBER REQ'D FOR DISPATCH
4.
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
OPERATIONAL
PROCEDURES
PLACARDING
PROCEDURES
MMEL REMARKS OR
EXCEPTIONS
80. STARTING
3.
Start Valve Position
Indications
C
2
1
(M) May be inoperative provided:
a) Start Valve has not failed in OPEN
position as verified by visual means
through an access panel,
b) Ignition ON indication is operative
during engine start, and
c) Start Valve is verified CLOSED
following engine start by visual
means.
Maintenance will ensure Start
Valve has not failed in OPEN
position by visual means
through an access panel.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
None required.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Start Valve
Position Indicator to be seen
by flight crew and will be
noted on ADLS.
C
2
0
(M) (O) May be inoperative provided:
a) Start Valve is manually OPENED
and CLOSED for engine starting in
accordance with AFM Start Valve
Failure Procedure, and
b) Airstart Ignition, Engine Selector
and Start Switches are switched to
OFF when engine has reached selfsustaning speed.
Maintenance will ensure Start
Valve is manually OPENED
and CLOSED for engine
starting in accordance with
AFM Start Valve Failure
Procedure.
Flight crew will comply with
QRH procedures for
Manually Overriding Starter
Air Valve OM-09-03-40
found under Alternate Normal
Procedures tab.
An Inoperative Placard will
be placed on Start Valve
Position Indicator to be seen
by flight crew and will be
noted on ADLS.
Flight crew may accomplish
this task if properly qualified
and authorised.
EUROPEAN AVIATON SAFETY AGENCY
Postfach 10 12 53
50452 Köln
Germany
Attention: Head of Certification Flight Standards
Or
GULFSTREAM AEROSPACE
P.O. Box 2206, Savannah, Georgia 31402-2206
Flight Crew Technical Information
Telephone (912) 965-3000 Telex 3772775